Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elfxx-sparc.c revision 1.1
      1  1.1  christos /* SPARC-specific support for ELF
      2  1.1  christos    Copyright 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
      3  1.1  christos    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4  1.1  christos 
      5  1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6  1.1  christos 
      7  1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8  1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9  1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10  1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     11  1.1  christos 
     12  1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13  1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14  1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15  1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16  1.1  christos 
     17  1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18  1.1  christos    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19  1.1  christos    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20  1.1  christos    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21  1.1  christos 
     22  1.1  christos 
     23  1.1  christos /* This file handles functionality common to the different SPARC ABI's.  */
     24  1.1  christos 
     25  1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     26  1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     27  1.1  christos #include "bfdlink.h"
     28  1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     29  1.1  christos #include "libiberty.h"
     30  1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     31  1.1  christos #include "elf/sparc.h"
     32  1.1  christos #include "opcode/sparc.h"
     33  1.1  christos #include "elfxx-sparc.h"
     34  1.1  christos #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     35  1.1  christos #include "objalloc.h"
     36  1.1  christos #include "hashtab.h"
     37  1.1  christos 
     38  1.1  christos /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value.  */
     39  1.1  christos #define MINUS_ONE (~ (bfd_vma) 0)
     40  1.1  christos 
     41  1.1  christos #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
     42  1.1  christos   (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
     43  1.1  christos 
     44  1.1  christos /* The relocation "howto" table.  */
     45  1.1  christos 
     46  1.1  christos /* Utility for performing the standard initial work of an instruction
     47  1.1  christos    relocation.
     48  1.1  christos    *PRELOCATION will contain the relocated item.
     49  1.1  christos    *PINSN will contain the instruction from the input stream.
     50  1.1  christos    If the result is `bfd_reloc_other' the caller can continue with
     51  1.1  christos    performing the relocation.  Otherwise it must stop and return the
     52  1.1  christos    value to its caller.  */
     53  1.1  christos 
     54  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
     55  1.1  christos init_insn_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
     56  1.1  christos 		 void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
     57  1.1  christos 		 bfd_vma *prelocation, bfd_vma *pinsn)
     58  1.1  christos {
     59  1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
     60  1.1  christos   reloc_howto_type *howto = reloc_entry->howto;
     61  1.1  christos 
     62  1.1  christos   if (output_bfd != (bfd *) NULL
     63  1.1  christos       && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
     64  1.1  christos       && (! howto->partial_inplace
     65  1.1  christos 	  || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
     66  1.1  christos     {
     67  1.1  christos       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
     68  1.1  christos       return bfd_reloc_ok;
     69  1.1  christos     }
     70  1.1  christos 
     71  1.1  christos   /* This works because partial_inplace is FALSE.  */
     72  1.1  christos   if (output_bfd != NULL)
     73  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_continue;
     74  1.1  christos 
     75  1.1  christos   if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
     76  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
     77  1.1  christos 
     78  1.1  christos   relocation = (symbol->value
     79  1.1  christos 		+ symbol->section->output_section->vma
     80  1.1  christos 		+ symbol->section->output_offset);
     81  1.1  christos   relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
     82  1.1  christos   if (howto->pc_relative)
     83  1.1  christos     {
     84  1.1  christos       relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
     85  1.1  christos 		     + input_section->output_offset);
     86  1.1  christos       relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
     87  1.1  christos     }
     88  1.1  christos 
     89  1.1  christos   *prelocation = relocation;
     90  1.1  christos   *pinsn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
     91  1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_other;
     92  1.1  christos }
     93  1.1  christos 
     94  1.1  christos /* For unsupported relocs.  */
     95  1.1  christos 
     96  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
     97  1.1  christos sparc_elf_notsup_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
     98  1.1  christos 			arelent *reloc_entry ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
     99  1.1  christos 			asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    100  1.1  christos 			void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    101  1.1  christos 			asection *input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    102  1.1  christos 			bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    103  1.1  christos 			char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    104  1.1  christos {
    105  1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
    106  1.1  christos }
    107  1.1  christos 
    108  1.1  christos /* Handle the WDISP16 reloc.  */
    109  1.1  christos 
    110  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    111  1.1  christos sparc_elf_wdisp16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    112  1.1  christos 			 void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    113  1.1  christos 			 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    114  1.1  christos {
    115  1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
    116  1.1  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    117  1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    118  1.1  christos 
    119  1.1  christos   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    120  1.1  christos 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    121  1.1  christos   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    122  1.1  christos     return status;
    123  1.1  christos 
    124  1.1  christos   insn &= ~ (bfd_vma) 0x303fff;
    125  1.1  christos   insn |= (((relocation >> 2) & 0xc000) << 6) | ((relocation >> 2) & 0x3fff);
    126  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    127  1.1  christos 
    128  1.1  christos   if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < - 0x40000
    129  1.1  christos       || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation > 0x3ffff)
    130  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    131  1.1  christos   else
    132  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    133  1.1  christos }
    134  1.1  christos 
    135  1.1  christos /* Handle the WDISP10 reloc.  */
    136  1.1  christos 
    137  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    138  1.1  christos sparc_elf_wdisp10_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    139  1.1  christos 			 void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    140  1.1  christos 			 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    141  1.1  christos {
    142  1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
    143  1.1  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    144  1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    145  1.1  christos 
    146  1.1  christos   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    147  1.1  christos 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    148  1.1  christos   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    149  1.1  christos     return status;
    150  1.1  christos 
    151  1.1  christos   insn &= ~ (bfd_vma) 0x181fe0;
    152  1.1  christos   insn |= (((relocation >> 2) & 0x300) << 11)
    153  1.1  christos 	  | (((relocation >> 2) & 0xff) << 5);
    154  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    155  1.1  christos 
    156  1.1  christos   if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < - 0x1000
    157  1.1  christos       || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation > 0xfff)
    158  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    159  1.1  christos   else
    160  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    161  1.1  christos }
    162  1.1  christos 
    163  1.1  christos /* Handle the HIX22 reloc.  */
    164  1.1  christos 
    165  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    166  1.1  christos sparc_elf_hix22_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    167  1.1  christos 		       void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    168  1.1  christos 		       char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    169  1.1  christos {
    170  1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
    171  1.1  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    172  1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    173  1.1  christos 
    174  1.1  christos   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    175  1.1  christos 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    176  1.1  christos   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    177  1.1  christos     return status;
    178  1.1  christos 
    179  1.1  christos   relocation ^= MINUS_ONE;
    180  1.1  christos   insn = (insn &~ (bfd_vma) 0x3fffff) | ((relocation >> 10) & 0x3fffff);
    181  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    182  1.1  christos 
    183  1.1  christos   if ((relocation & ~ (bfd_vma) 0xffffffff) != 0)
    184  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    185  1.1  christos   else
    186  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    187  1.1  christos }
    188  1.1  christos 
    189  1.1  christos /* Handle the LOX10 reloc.  */
    190  1.1  christos 
    191  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    192  1.1  christos sparc_elf_lox10_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
    193  1.1  christos 		       void * data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    194  1.1  christos 		       char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    195  1.1  christos {
    196  1.1  christos   bfd_vma relocation;
    197  1.1  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    198  1.1  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    199  1.1  christos 
    200  1.1  christos   status = init_insn_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    201  1.1  christos 			    input_section, output_bfd, &relocation, &insn);
    202  1.1  christos   if (status != bfd_reloc_other)
    203  1.1  christos     return status;
    204  1.1  christos 
    205  1.1  christos   insn = (insn &~ (bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | 0x1c00 | (relocation & 0x3ff);
    206  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
    207  1.1  christos 
    208  1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    209  1.1  christos }
    210  1.1  christos 
    211  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[] =
    212  1.1  christos {
    213  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_NONE,      0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_NONE",    FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    214  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_8,         0,0, 8,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_8",       FALSE,0,0x000000ff,TRUE),
    215  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_16,        0,1,16,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_16",      FALSE,0,0x0000ffff,TRUE),
    216  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_32,        0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_32",      FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    217  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP8,     0,0, 8,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP8",   FALSE,0,0x000000ff,TRUE),
    218  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP16,    0,1,16,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP16",  FALSE,0,0x0000ffff,TRUE),
    219  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP32,    0,2,32,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP32",  FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    220  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP30,   2,2,30,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WDISP30", FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    221  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP22,   2,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WDISP22", FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    222  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HI22,     10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HI22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    223  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_22,        0,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_22",      FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    224  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_13,        0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_13",      FALSE,0,0x00001fff,TRUE),
    225  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LO10,      0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_LO10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    226  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOT10,     0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOT10",   FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    227  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOT13,     0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOT13",   FALSE,0,0x00001fff,TRUE),
    228  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOT22,    10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOT22",   FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    229  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC10,      0,2,10,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    230  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC22,     10,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    231  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WPLT30,    2,2,30,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WPLT30",  FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    232  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_COPY,      0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_COPY",    FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    233  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    234  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    235  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_RELATIVE,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_RELATIVE",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    236  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UA32,      0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UA32",    FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    237  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PLT32,     0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PLT32",   FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    238  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HIPLT22,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_HIPLT22",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    239  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LOPLT10,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_LOPLT10",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    240  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PCPLT32,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_PCPLT32",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    241  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PCPLT22,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_PCPLT22",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    242  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PCPLT10,   0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_PCPLT10",  FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    243  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_10,        0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_10",      FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    244  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_11,        0,2,11,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_11",      FALSE,0,0x000007ff,TRUE),
    245  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_64,        0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_64",      FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    246  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_OLO10,     0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_signed,  sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_OLO10",   FALSE,0,0x00001fff,TRUE),
    247  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HH22,     42,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HH22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    248  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HM10,     32,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HM10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    249  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LM22,     10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_LM22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    250  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC_HH22,  42,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC_HH22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    251  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC_HM10,  32,2,10,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC_HM10",    FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    252  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PC_LM22,  10,2,22,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PC_LM22",    FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    253  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP16,   2,2,16,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  sparc_elf_wdisp16_reloc,"R_SPARC_WDISP16", FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    254  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP19,   2,2,19,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_WDISP19", FALSE,0,0x0007ffff,TRUE),
    255  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UNUSED_42, 0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UNUSED_42",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    256  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_7,         0,2, 7,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_7",       FALSE,0,0x0000007f,TRUE),
    257  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_5,         0,2, 5,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_5",       FALSE,0,0x0000001f,TRUE),
    258  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_6,         0,2, 6,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_6",       FALSE,0,0x0000003f,TRUE),
    259  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_DISP64,    0,4,64,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_DISP64",  FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    260  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_PLT64,     0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_PLT64",   FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    261  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_HIX22,     0,4, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,  "R_SPARC_HIX22",   FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
    262  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_LOX10,     0,4, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_LOX10",   FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
    263  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_H44,      22,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_H44",     FALSE,0,0x003fffff,FALSE),
    264  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_M44,      12,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_M44",     FALSE,0,0x000003ff,FALSE),
    265  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_L44,       0,2,13,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_L44",     FALSE,0,0x00000fff,FALSE),
    266  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_REGISTER,  0,4, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_notsup_reloc, "R_SPARC_REGISTER",FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, FALSE),
    267  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UA64,        0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UA64",      FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    268  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_UA16,        0,1,16,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_UA16",      FALSE,0,0x0000ffff,TRUE),
    269  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22,10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    270  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10,0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    271  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    272  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL,2,2,30,TRUE,0,complain_overflow_signed,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL",FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    273  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22,10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    274  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10,0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    275  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    276  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL,2,2,30,TRUE,0,complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL",FALSE,0,0x3fffffff,TRUE),
    277  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,"R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    278  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    279  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    280  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22,10,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,TRUE),
    281  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10,0,2,10,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff,TRUE),
    282  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    283  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    284  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    285  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc, "R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    286  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    287  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    288  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    289  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32,0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32",FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    290  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64,0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64",FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE,TRUE),
    291  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    292  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    293  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,"R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    294  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    295  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,sparc_elf_hix22_reloc,"R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22",FALSE,0,0x003fffff, FALSE),
    296  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10,0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,  sparc_elf_lox10_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10",FALSE,0,0x000003ff, FALSE),
    297  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP,0,0, 0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    298  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_H34,12,2,22,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_unsigned,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_H34",FALSE,0,0x003fffff,FALSE),
    299  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_SIZE32,0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_SIZE32",FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE),
    300  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_SIZE64,0,4,64,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc,"R_SPARC_SIZE64",FALSE,0,MINUS_ONE, TRUE),
    301  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_WDISP10,2,2,10,TRUE, 0,complain_overflow_signed,sparc_elf_wdisp10_reloc,"R_SPARC_WDISP10",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE),
    302  1.1  christos };
    303  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_jmp_irel_howto =
    304  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_JMP_IREL,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_JMP_IREL",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE);
    305  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_irelative_howto =
    306  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_IRELATIVE,  0,0,00,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont,    bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  "R_SPARC_IRELATIVE",FALSE,0,0x00000000,TRUE);
    307  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_vtinherit_howto =
    308  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont, NULL, "R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT", FALSE,0, 0, FALSE);
    309  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_vtentry_howto =
    310  1.1  christos   HOWTO (R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0,2,0,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_dont, _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn,"R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY", FALSE,0,0, FALSE);
    311  1.1  christos static reloc_howto_type sparc_rev32_howto =
    312  1.1  christos   HOWTO(R_SPARC_REV32, 0,2,32,FALSE,0,complain_overflow_bitfield,bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_SPARC_REV32", FALSE,0,0xffffffff,TRUE);
    313  1.1  christos 
    314  1.1  christos reloc_howto_type *
    315  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    316  1.1  christos 				  bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    317  1.1  christos {
    318  1.1  christos   /* We explicitly handle each relocation type in the switch
    319  1.1  christos      instead of using a lookup table for efficiency.  */
    320  1.1  christos   switch (code)
    321  1.1  christos     {
    322  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_NONE:
    323  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_NONE];
    324  1.1  christos 
    325  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
    326  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_8];
    327  1.1  christos 
    328  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
    329  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_16];
    330  1.1  christos 
    331  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
    332  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_32];
    333  1.1  christos 
    334  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL:
    335  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP8];
    336  1.1  christos 
    337  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:
    338  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP16];
    339  1.1  christos 
    340  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:
    341  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP32];
    342  1.1  christos 
    343  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL_S2:
    344  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP30];
    345  1.1  christos 
    346  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP22:
    347  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP22];
    348  1.1  christos 
    349  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_HI22:
    350  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HI22];
    351  1.1  christos 
    352  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC22:
    353  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_22];
    354  1.1  christos 
    355  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC13:
    356  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_13];
    357  1.1  christos 
    358  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_LO10:
    359  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_LO10];
    360  1.1  christos 
    361  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT10:
    362  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOT10];
    363  1.1  christos 
    364  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT13:
    365  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOT13];
    366  1.1  christos 
    367  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOT22:
    368  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOT22];
    369  1.1  christos 
    370  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC10:
    371  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC10];
    372  1.1  christos 
    373  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC22:
    374  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC22];
    375  1.1  christos 
    376  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WPLT30:
    377  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WPLT30];
    378  1.1  christos 
    379  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_COPY:
    380  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_COPY];
    381  1.1  christos 
    382  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GLOB_DAT:
    383  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT];
    384  1.1  christos 
    385  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_SLOT:
    386  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT];
    387  1.1  christos 
    388  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_RELATIVE:
    389  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_RELATIVE];
    390  1.1  christos 
    391  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA32:
    392  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_UA32];
    393  1.1  christos 
    394  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT32:
    395  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PLT32];
    396  1.1  christos 
    397  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_10:
    398  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_10];
    399  1.1  christos 
    400  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_11:
    401  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_11];
    402  1.1  christos 
    403  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_64:
    404  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_64];
    405  1.1  christos 
    406  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_OLO10:
    407  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_OLO10];
    408  1.1  christos 
    409  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HH22:
    410  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HH22];
    411  1.1  christos 
    412  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HM10:
    413  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HM10];
    414  1.1  christos 
    415  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LM22:
    416  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_LM22];
    417  1.1  christos 
    418  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HH22:
    419  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC_HH22];
    420  1.1  christos 
    421  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_HM10:
    422  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC_HM10];
    423  1.1  christos 
    424  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PC_LM22:
    425  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PC_LM22];
    426  1.1  christos 
    427  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP16:
    428  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP16];
    429  1.1  christos 
    430  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP19:
    431  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP19];
    432  1.1  christos 
    433  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_7:
    434  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_7];
    435  1.1  christos 
    436  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_5:
    437  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_5];
    438  1.1  christos 
    439  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_6:
    440  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_6];
    441  1.1  christos 
    442  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_DISP64:
    443  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_DISP64];
    444  1.1  christos 
    445  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_PLT64:
    446  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_PLT64];
    447  1.1  christos 
    448  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_HIX22:
    449  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_HIX22];
    450  1.1  christos 
    451  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_LOX10:
    452  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_LOX10];
    453  1.1  christos 
    454  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H44:
    455  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_H44];
    456  1.1  christos 
    457  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_M44:
    458  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_M44];
    459  1.1  christos 
    460  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_L44:
    461  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_L44];
    462  1.1  christos 
    463  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REGISTER:
    464  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_REGISTER];
    465  1.1  christos 
    466  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA64:
    467  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_UA64];
    468  1.1  christos 
    469  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_UA16:
    470  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_UA16];
    471  1.1  christos 
    472  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
    473  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22];
    474  1.1  christos 
    475  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
    476  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10];
    477  1.1  christos 
    478  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
    479  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD];
    480  1.1  christos 
    481  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
    482  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL];
    483  1.1  christos 
    484  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
    485  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22];
    486  1.1  christos 
    487  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
    488  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10];
    489  1.1  christos 
    490  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD:
    491  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD];
    492  1.1  christos 
    493  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
    494  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL];
    495  1.1  christos 
    496  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22:
    497  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22];
    498  1.1  christos 
    499  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10:
    500  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10];
    501  1.1  christos 
    502  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD:
    503  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD];
    504  1.1  christos 
    505  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
    506  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22];
    507  1.1  christos 
    508  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
    509  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10];
    510  1.1  christos 
    511  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD:
    512  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD];
    513  1.1  christos 
    514  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX:
    515  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX];
    516  1.1  christos 
    517  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD:
    518  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD];
    519  1.1  christos 
    520  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
    521  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22];
    522  1.1  christos 
    523  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
    524  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10];
    525  1.1  christos 
    526  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
    527  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32];
    528  1.1  christos 
    529  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64:
    530  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64];
    531  1.1  christos 
    532  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
    533  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32];
    534  1.1  christos 
    535  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64:
    536  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64];
    537  1.1  christos 
    538  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32:
    539  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32];
    540  1.1  christos 
    541  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64:
    542  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64];
    543  1.1  christos 
    544  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
    545  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22];
    546  1.1  christos 
    547  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
    548  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10];
    549  1.1  christos 
    550  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
    551  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22];
    552  1.1  christos 
    553  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
    554  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10];
    555  1.1  christos 
    556  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
    557  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP];
    558  1.1  christos 
    559  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_H34:
    560  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_H34];
    561  1.1  christos 
    562  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_SIZE32:
    563  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_SIZE32];
    564  1.1  christos 
    565  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_SIZE64:
    566  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_SIZE64];
    567  1.1  christos 
    568  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_WDISP10:
    569  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[R_SPARC_WDISP10];
    570  1.1  christos 
    571  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_JMP_IREL:
    572  1.1  christos       return &sparc_jmp_irel_howto;
    573  1.1  christos 
    574  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_IRELATIVE:
    575  1.1  christos       return &sparc_irelative_howto;
    576  1.1  christos 
    577  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
    578  1.1  christos       return &sparc_vtinherit_howto;
    579  1.1  christos 
    580  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
    581  1.1  christos       return &sparc_vtentry_howto;
    582  1.1  christos 
    583  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_SPARC_REV32:
    584  1.1  christos       return &sparc_rev32_howto;
    585  1.1  christos 
    586  1.1  christos     default:
    587  1.1  christos       break;
    588  1.1  christos     }
    589  1.1  christos     bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    590  1.1  christos     return NULL;
    591  1.1  christos }
    592  1.1  christos 
    593  1.1  christos reloc_howto_type *
    594  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    595  1.1  christos 				  const char *r_name)
    596  1.1  christos {
    597  1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
    598  1.1  christos 
    599  1.1  christos   for (i = 0;
    600  1.1  christos        i < (sizeof (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table)
    601  1.1  christos 	    / sizeof (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[0]));
    602  1.1  christos        i++)
    603  1.1  christos     if (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    604  1.1  christos 	&& strcasecmp (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    605  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[i];
    606  1.1  christos 
    607  1.1  christos   if (strcasecmp (sparc_vtinherit_howto.name, r_name) == 0)
    608  1.1  christos     return &sparc_vtinherit_howto;
    609  1.1  christos   if (strcasecmp (sparc_vtentry_howto.name, r_name) == 0)
    610  1.1  christos     return &sparc_vtentry_howto;
    611  1.1  christos   if (strcasecmp (sparc_rev32_howto.name, r_name) == 0)
    612  1.1  christos     return &sparc_rev32_howto;
    613  1.1  christos 
    614  1.1  christos   return NULL;
    615  1.1  christos }
    616  1.1  christos 
    617  1.1  christos reloc_howto_type *
    618  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_info_to_howto_ptr (unsigned int r_type)
    619  1.1  christos {
    620  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
    621  1.1  christos     {
    622  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_JMP_IREL:
    623  1.1  christos       return &sparc_jmp_irel_howto;
    624  1.1  christos 
    625  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_IRELATIVE:
    626  1.1  christos       return &sparc_irelative_howto;
    627  1.1  christos 
    628  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
    629  1.1  christos       return &sparc_vtinherit_howto;
    630  1.1  christos 
    631  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY:
    632  1.1  christos       return &sparc_vtentry_howto;
    633  1.1  christos 
    634  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_REV32:
    635  1.1  christos       return &sparc_rev32_howto;
    636  1.1  christos 
    637  1.1  christos     default:
    638  1.1  christos       if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_SPARC_max_std)
    639  1.1  christos 	{
    640  1.1  christos 	  (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("invalid relocation type %d"),
    641  1.1  christos 				 (int) r_type);
    642  1.1  christos 	  r_type = R_SPARC_NONE;
    643  1.1  christos 	}
    644  1.1  christos       return &_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
    645  1.1  christos     }
    646  1.1  christos }
    647  1.1  christos 
    648  1.1  christos /* Both 32-bit and 64-bit sparc encode this in an identical manner,
    649  1.1  christos    so just take advantage of that.  */
    650  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE(r_info)	\
    651  1.1  christos 	((r_info) & 0xff)
    652  1.1  christos 
    653  1.1  christos void
    654  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *cache_ptr,
    655  1.1  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    656  1.1  christos {
    657  1.1  christos   unsigned int r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    658  1.1  christos 
    659  1.1  christos   cache_ptr->howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_info_to_howto_ptr (r_type);
    660  1.1  christos }
    661  1.1  christos 
    662  1.1  christos 
    664  1.1  christos /* The nop opcode we use.  */
    665  1.1  christos #define SPARC_NOP 0x01000000
    666  1.1  christos 
    667  1.1  christos #define SPARC_INSN_BYTES	4
    668  1.1  christos 
    669  1.1  christos /* The SPARC linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    670  1.1  christos    decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
    671  1.1  christos    This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
    672  1.1  christos    unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
    673  1.1  christos    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    674  1.1  christos 
    675  1.1  christos struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs
    676  1.1  christos {
    677  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *next;
    678  1.1  christos 
    679  1.1  christos   /* The input section of the reloc.  */
    680  1.1  christos   asection *sec;
    681  1.1  christos 
    682  1.1  christos   /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
    683  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type count;
    684  1.1  christos 
    685  1.1  christos   /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
    686  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type pc_count;
    687  1.1  christos };
    688  1.1  christos 
    689  1.1  christos /* SPARC ELF linker hash entry.  */
    690  1.1  christos 
    691  1.1  christos struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry
    692  1.1  christos {
    693  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
    694  1.1  christos 
    695  1.1  christos   /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    696  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
    697  1.1  christos 
    698  1.1  christos #define GOT_UNKNOWN     0
    699  1.1  christos #define GOT_NORMAL      1
    700  1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_GD      2
    701  1.1  christos #define GOT_TLS_IE      3
    702  1.1  christos   unsigned char tls_type;
    703  1.1  christos };
    704  1.1  christos 
    705  1.1  christos #define _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
    706  1.1  christos 
    707  1.1  christos struct _bfd_sparc_elf_obj_tdata
    708  1.1  christos {
    709  1.1  christos   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
    710  1.1  christos 
    711  1.1  christos   /* tls_type for each local got entry.  */
    712  1.1  christos   char *local_got_tls_type;
    713  1.1  christos 
    714  1.1  christos   /* TRUE if TLS GD relocs has been seen for this object.  */
    715  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean has_tlsgd;
    716  1.1  christos };
    717  1.1  christos 
    718  1.1  christos #define _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata(abfd) \
    719  1.1  christos   ((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
    720  1.1  christos 
    721  1.1  christos #define _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
    722  1.1  christos   (_bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_tls_type)
    723  1.1  christos 
    724  1.1  christos #define is_sparc_elf(bfd)				\
    725  1.1  christos   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour	\
    726  1.1  christos    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL				\
    727  1.1  christos    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SPARC_ELF_DATA)
    728  1.1  christos 
    729  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
    730  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
    731  1.1  christos {
    732  1.1  christos   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_obj_tdata),
    733  1.1  christos 				  SPARC_ELF_DATA);
    734  1.1  christos }
    735  1.1  christos 
    736  1.1  christos static void
    737  1.1  christos sparc_put_word_32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma val, void *ptr)
    738  1.1  christos {
    739  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr);
    740  1.1  christos }
    741  1.1  christos 
    742  1.1  christos static void
    743  1.1  christos sparc_put_word_64 (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma val, void *ptr)
    744  1.1  christos {
    745  1.1  christos   bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr);
    746  1.1  christos }
    747  1.1  christos 
    748  1.1  christos static void
    749  1.1  christos sparc_elf_append_rela (bfd *abfd, asection *s, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
    750  1.1  christos {
    751  1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
    752  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
    753  1.1  christos 
    754  1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
    755  1.1  christos   loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * bed->s->sizeof_rela);
    756  1.1  christos   bed->s->swap_reloca_out (abfd, rel, loc);
    757  1.1  christos }
    758  1.1  christos 
    759  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
    760  1.1  christos sparc_elf_r_info_64 (Elf_Internal_Rela *in_rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    761  1.1  christos 		     bfd_vma rel_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    762  1.1  christos 		     bfd_vma type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    763  1.1  christos {
    764  1.1  christos   return ELF64_R_INFO (rel_index,
    765  1.1  christos 		       (in_rel ?
    766  1.1  christos 			ELF64_R_TYPE_INFO (ELF64_R_TYPE_DATA (in_rel->r_info),
    767  1.1  christos 					   type) : type));
    768  1.1  christos }
    769  1.1  christos 
    770  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
    771  1.1  christos sparc_elf_r_info_32 (Elf_Internal_Rela *in_rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    772  1.1  christos 		     bfd_vma rel_index, bfd_vma type)
    773  1.1  christos {
    774  1.1  christos   return ELF32_R_INFO (rel_index, type);
    775  1.1  christos }
    776  1.1  christos 
    777  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
    778  1.1  christos sparc_elf_r_symndx_64 (bfd_vma r_info)
    779  1.1  christos {
    780  1.1  christos   bfd_vma r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (r_info);
    781  1.1  christos   return (r_symndx >> 24);
    782  1.1  christos }
    783  1.1  christos 
    784  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
    785  1.1  christos sparc_elf_r_symndx_32 (bfd_vma r_info)
    786  1.1  christos {
    787  1.1  christos   return ELF32_R_SYM (r_info);
    788  1.1  christos }
    789  1.1  christos 
    790  1.1  christos /* PLT/GOT stuff */
    791  1.1  christos 
    792  1.1  christos #define PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE 12
    793  1.1  christos #define PLT32_HEADER_SIZE	(4 * PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE)
    794  1.1  christos 
    795  1.1  christos /* The first four entries in a 32-bit procedure linkage table are reserved,
    796  1.1  christos    and the initial contents are unimportant (we zero them out).
    797  1.1  christos    Subsequent entries look like this.  See the SVR4 ABI SPARC
    798  1.1  christos    supplement to see how this works.  */
    799  1.1  christos 
    800  1.1  christos /* sethi %hi(.-.plt0),%g1.  We fill in the address later.  */
    801  1.1  christos #define PLT32_ENTRY_WORD0 0x03000000
    802  1.1  christos /* b,a .plt0.  We fill in the offset later.  */
    803  1.1  christos #define PLT32_ENTRY_WORD1 0x30800000
    804  1.1  christos /* nop.  */
    805  1.1  christos #define PLT32_ENTRY_WORD2 SPARC_NOP
    806  1.1  christos 
    807  1.1  christos static int
    808  1.1  christos sparc32_plt_entry_build (bfd *output_bfd, asection *splt, bfd_vma offset,
    809  1.1  christos 			 bfd_vma max ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    810  1.1  christos 			 bfd_vma *r_offset)
    811  1.1  christos {
    812  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
    813  1.1  christos 		  PLT32_ENTRY_WORD0 + offset,
    814  1.1  christos 		  splt->contents + offset);
    815  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
    816  1.1  christos 		  (PLT32_ENTRY_WORD1
    817  1.1  christos 		   + (((- (offset + 4)) >> 2) & 0x3fffff)),
    818  1.1  christos 		  splt->contents + offset + 4);
    819  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) PLT32_ENTRY_WORD2,
    820  1.1  christos 		  splt->contents + offset + 8);
    821  1.1  christos 
    822  1.1  christos       *r_offset = offset;
    823  1.1  christos 
    824  1.1  christos       return offset / PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE - 4;
    825  1.1  christos }
    826  1.1  christos 
    827  1.1  christos /* Both the headers and the entries are icache aligned.  */
    828  1.1  christos #define PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE	32
    829  1.1  christos #define PLT64_HEADER_SIZE	(4 * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)
    830  1.1  christos #define PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD	32768
    831  1.1  christos 
    832  1.1  christos static int
    833  1.1  christos sparc64_plt_entry_build (bfd *output_bfd, asection *splt, bfd_vma offset,
    834  1.1  christos 			 bfd_vma max, bfd_vma *r_offset)
    835  1.1  christos {
    836  1.1  christos   unsigned char *entry = splt->contents + offset;
    837  1.1  christos   const unsigned int nop = SPARC_NOP;
    838  1.1  christos   int plt_index;
    839  1.1  christos 
    840  1.1  christos   if (offset < (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE))
    841  1.1  christos     {
    842  1.1  christos       unsigned int sethi, ba;
    843  1.1  christos 
    844  1.1  christos       *r_offset = offset;
    845  1.1  christos 
    846  1.1  christos       plt_index = (offset / PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    847  1.1  christos 
    848  1.1  christos       sethi = 0x03000000 | (plt_index * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    849  1.1  christos       ba = 0x30680000
    850  1.1  christos 	| (((splt->contents + PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE) - (entry + 4)) / 4 & 0x7ffff);
    851  1.1  christos 
    852  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) sethi, entry);
    853  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) ba,    entry + 4);
    854  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 8);
    855  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 12);
    856  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 16);
    857  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 20);
    858  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 24);
    859  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) nop,   entry + 28);
    860  1.1  christos     }
    861  1.1  christos   else
    862  1.1  christos     {
    863  1.1  christos       unsigned char *ptr;
    864  1.1  christos       unsigned int ldx;
    865  1.1  christos       int block, last_block, ofs, last_ofs, chunks_this_block;
    866  1.1  christos       const int insn_chunk_size = (6 * 4);
    867  1.1  christos       const int ptr_chunk_size = (1 * 8);
    868  1.1  christos       const int entries_per_block = 160;
    869  1.1  christos       const int block_size = entries_per_block * (insn_chunk_size
    870  1.1  christos 						  + ptr_chunk_size);
    871  1.1  christos 
    872  1.1  christos       /* Entries 32768 and higher are grouped into blocks of 160.
    873  1.1  christos 	 The blocks are further subdivided into 160 sequences of
    874  1.1  christos 	 6 instructions and 160 pointers.  If a block does not require
    875  1.1  christos 	 the full 160 entries, let's say it requires N, then there
    876  1.1  christos 	 will be N sequences of 6 instructions and N pointers.  */
    877  1.1  christos 
    878  1.1  christos       offset -= (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    879  1.1  christos       max -= (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE);
    880  1.1  christos 
    881  1.1  christos       block = offset / block_size;
    882  1.1  christos       last_block = max / block_size;
    883  1.1  christos       if (block != last_block)
    884  1.1  christos 	{
    885  1.1  christos 	  chunks_this_block = 160;
    886  1.1  christos 	}
    887  1.1  christos       else
    888  1.1  christos 	{
    889  1.1  christos 	  last_ofs = max % block_size;
    890  1.1  christos 	  chunks_this_block = last_ofs / (insn_chunk_size + ptr_chunk_size);
    891  1.1  christos 	}
    892  1.1  christos 
    893  1.1  christos       ofs = offset % block_size;
    894  1.1  christos 
    895  1.1  christos       plt_index = (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD +
    896  1.1  christos 	       (block * 160) +
    897  1.1  christos 	       (ofs / insn_chunk_size));
    898  1.1  christos 
    899  1.1  christos       ptr = splt->contents
    900  1.1  christos 	+ (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)
    901  1.1  christos 	+ (block * block_size)
    902  1.1  christos 	+ (chunks_this_block * insn_chunk_size)
    903  1.1  christos 	+ (ofs / insn_chunk_size) * ptr_chunk_size;
    904  1.1  christos 
    905  1.1  christos       *r_offset = (bfd_vma) (ptr - splt->contents);
    906  1.1  christos 
    907  1.1  christos       ldx = 0xc25be000 | ((ptr - (entry+4)) & 0x1fff);
    908  1.1  christos 
    909  1.1  christos       /* mov %o7,%g5
    910  1.1  christos 	 call .+8
    911  1.1  christos 	 nop
    912  1.1  christos 	 ldx [%o7+P],%g1
    913  1.1  christos 	 jmpl %o7+%g1,%g1
    914  1.1  christos 	 mov %g5,%o7  */
    915  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x8a10000f, entry);
    916  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x40000002, entry + 4);
    917  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) SPARC_NOP,  entry + 8);
    918  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) ldx,        entry + 12);
    919  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x83c3c001, entry + 16);
    920  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x9e100005, entry + 20);
    921  1.1  christos 
    922  1.1  christos       bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) (splt->contents - (entry + 4)), ptr);
    923  1.1  christos     }
    924  1.1  christos 
    925  1.1  christos   return plt_index - 4;
    926  1.1  christos }
    927  1.1  christos 
    928  1.1  christos /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable.  */
    929  1.1  christos static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
    930  1.1  christos   {
    931  1.1  christos     0x05000000,	/* sethi  %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+8), %g2 */
    932  1.1  christos     0x8410a000,	/* or     %g2, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+8), %g2 */
    933  1.1  christos     0xc4008000,	/* ld     [ %g2 ], %g2 */
    934  1.1  christos     0x81c08000,	/* jmp    %g2 */
    935  1.1  christos     0x01000000	/* nop */
    936  1.1  christos   };
    937  1.1  christos 
    938  1.1  christos /* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
    939  1.1  christos static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
    940  1.1  christos   {
    941  1.1  christos     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+f@got), %g1 */
    942  1.1  christos     0x82106000,	/* or     %g1, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+f@got), %g1 */
    943  1.1  christos     0xc2004000,	/* ld     [ %g1 ], %g1 */
    944  1.1  christos     0x81c04000,	/* jmp    %g1 */
    945  1.1  christos     0x01000000,	/* nop */
    946  1.1  christos     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    947  1.1  christos     0x10800000,	/* b      _PLT_resolve */
    948  1.1  christos     0x82106000	/* or     %g1, %lo(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    949  1.1  christos   };
    950  1.1  christos 
    951  1.1  christos /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object.  */
    952  1.1  christos static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
    953  1.1  christos   {
    954  1.1  christos     0xc405e008,	/* ld     [ %l7 + 8 ], %g2 */
    955  1.1  christos     0x81c08000,	/* jmp    %g2 */
    956  1.1  christos     0x01000000	/* nop */
    957  1.1  christos   };
    958  1.1  christos 
    959  1.1  christos /* The format of subsequent PLT entries.  */
    960  1.1  christos static const bfd_vma sparc_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
    961  1.1  christos   {
    962  1.1  christos     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(f@got), %g1 */
    963  1.1  christos     0x82106000,	/* or     %g1, %lo(f@got), %g1 */
    964  1.1  christos     0xc205c001,	/* ld     [ %l7 + %g1 ], %g1 */
    965  1.1  christos     0x81c04000,	/* jmp    %g1 */
    966  1.1  christos     0x01000000,	/* nop */
    967  1.1  christos     0x03000000,	/* sethi  %hi(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    968  1.1  christos     0x10800000,	/* b      _PLT_resolve */
    969  1.1  christos     0x82106000	/* or     %g1, %lo(f@pltindex), %g1 */
    970  1.1  christos   };
    971  1.1  christos 
    972  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD(htab, bfd, val, ptr)	\
    973  1.1  christos 	htab->put_word(bfd, val, ptr)
    974  1.1  christos 
    975  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_R_INFO(htab, in_rel, index, type)	\
    976  1.1  christos 	htab->r_info(in_rel, index, type)
    977  1.1  christos 
    978  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX(htab, r_info)	\
    979  1.1  christos 	htab->r_symndx(r_info)
    980  1.1  christos 
    981  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES(htab)	\
    982  1.1  christos 	htab->bytes_per_word
    983  1.1  christos 
    984  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES(htab)	\
    985  1.1  christos 	htab->bytes_per_rela
    986  1.1  christos 
    987  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_DTPOFF_RELOC(htab)	\
    988  1.1  christos 	htab->dtpoff_reloc
    989  1.1  christos 
    990  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_DTPMOD_RELOC(htab)	\
    991  1.1  christos 	htab->dtpmod_reloc
    992  1.1  christos 
    993  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_TPOFF_RELOC(htab)	\
    994  1.1  christos 	htab->tpoff_reloc
    995  1.1  christos 
    996  1.1  christos #define SPARC_ELF_BUILD_PLT_ENTRY(htab, obfd, splt, off, max, r_off) \
    997  1.1  christos 	htab->build_plt_entry (obfd, splt, off, max, r_off)
    998  1.1  christos 
    999  1.1  christos /* Create an entry in an SPARC ELF linker hash table.  */
   1000  1.1  christos 
   1001  1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   1002  1.1  christos link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   1003  1.1  christos 		   struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
   1004  1.1  christos {
   1005  1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   1006  1.1  christos      subclass.  */
   1007  1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   1008  1.1  christos     {
   1009  1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   1010  1.1  christos 				 sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry));
   1011  1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
   1012  1.1  christos 	return entry;
   1013  1.1  christos     }
   1014  1.1  christos 
   1015  1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   1016  1.1  christos   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
   1017  1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
   1018  1.1  christos     {
   1019  1.1  christos       struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   1020  1.1  christos 
   1021  1.1  christos       eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
   1022  1.1  christos       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1023  1.1  christos       eh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1024  1.1  christos     }
   1025  1.1  christos 
   1026  1.1  christos   return entry;
   1027  1.1  christos }
   1028  1.1  christos 
   1029  1.1  christos /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
   1030  1.1  christos    section.  */
   1031  1.1  christos 
   1032  1.1  christos #define ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
   1033  1.1  christos #define ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/sparcv9/ld.so.1"
   1034  1.1  christos 
   1035  1.1  christos /* Compute a hash of a local hash entry.  We use elf_link_hash_entry
   1036  1.1  christos    for local symbol so that we can handle local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols
   1037  1.1  christos    as global symbol.  We reuse indx and dynstr_index for local symbol
   1038  1.1  christos    hash since they aren't used by global symbols in this backend.  */
   1039  1.1  christos 
   1040  1.1  christos static hashval_t
   1041  1.1  christos elf_sparc_local_htab_hash (const void *ptr)
   1042  1.1  christos {
   1043  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
   1044  1.1  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr;
   1045  1.1  christos   return ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (h->indx, h->dynstr_index);
   1046  1.1  christos }
   1047  1.1  christos 
   1048  1.1  christos /* Compare local hash entries.  */
   1049  1.1  christos 
   1050  1.1  christos static int
   1051  1.1  christos elf_sparc_local_htab_eq (const void *ptr1, const void *ptr2)
   1052  1.1  christos {
   1053  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h1
   1054  1.1  christos      = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr1;
   1055  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h2
   1056  1.1  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ptr2;
   1057  1.1  christos 
   1058  1.1  christos   return h1->indx == h2->indx && h1->dynstr_index == h2->dynstr_index;
   1059  1.1  christos }
   1060  1.1  christos 
   1061  1.1  christos /* Find and/or create a hash entry for local symbol.  */
   1062  1.1  christos 
   1063  1.1  christos static struct elf_link_hash_entry *
   1064  1.1  christos elf_sparc_get_local_sym_hash (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab,
   1065  1.1  christos 			      bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   1066  1.1  christos 			      bfd_boolean create)
   1067  1.1  christos {
   1068  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry e, *ret;
   1069  1.1  christos   asection *sec = abfd->sections;
   1070  1.1  christos   unsigned long r_symndx;
   1071  1.1  christos   hashval_t h;
   1072  1.1  christos   void **slot;
   1073  1.1  christos 
   1074  1.1  christos   r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   1075  1.1  christos   h = ELF_LOCAL_SYMBOL_HASH (sec->id, r_symndx);
   1076  1.1  christos 
   1077  1.1  christos   e.elf.indx = sec->id;
   1078  1.1  christos   e.elf.dynstr_index = r_symndx;
   1079  1.1  christos   slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->loc_hash_table, &e, h,
   1080  1.1  christos 				   create ? INSERT : NO_INSERT);
   1081  1.1  christos 
   1082  1.1  christos   if (!slot)
   1083  1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1084  1.1  christos 
   1085  1.1  christos   if (*slot)
   1086  1.1  christos     {
   1087  1.1  christos       ret = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   1088  1.1  christos       return &ret->elf;
   1089  1.1  christos     }
   1090  1.1  christos 
   1091  1.1  christos   ret = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *)
   1092  1.1  christos 	objalloc_alloc ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory,
   1093  1.1  christos 			sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry));
   1094  1.1  christos   if (ret)
   1095  1.1  christos     {
   1096  1.1  christos       memset (ret, 0, sizeof (*ret));
   1097  1.1  christos       ret->elf.indx = sec->id;
   1098  1.1  christos       ret->elf.dynstr_index = r_symndx;
   1099  1.1  christos       ret->elf.dynindx = -1;
   1100  1.1  christos       ret->elf.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1101  1.1  christos       ret->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1102  1.1  christos       *slot = ret;
   1103  1.1  christos     }
   1104  1.1  christos   return &ret->elf;
   1105  1.1  christos }
   1106  1.1  christos 
   1107  1.1  christos /* Create a SPARC ELF linker hash table.  */
   1108  1.1  christos 
   1109  1.1  christos struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   1110  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   1111  1.1  christos {
   1112  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
   1113  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table);
   1114  1.1  christos 
   1115  1.1  christos   ret = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   1116  1.1  christos   if (ret == NULL)
   1117  1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1118  1.1  christos 
   1119  1.1  christos   if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
   1120  1.1  christos     {
   1121  1.1  christos       ret->put_word = sparc_put_word_64;
   1122  1.1  christos       ret->r_info = sparc_elf_r_info_64;
   1123  1.1  christos       ret->r_symndx = sparc_elf_r_symndx_64;
   1124  1.1  christos       ret->dtpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64;
   1125  1.1  christos       ret->dtpmod_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD64;
   1126  1.1  christos       ret->tpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF64;
   1127  1.1  christos       ret->word_align_power = 3;
   1128  1.1  christos       ret->align_power_max = 4;
   1129  1.1  christos       ret->bytes_per_word = 8;
   1130  1.1  christos       ret->bytes_per_rela = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela);
   1131  1.1  christos       ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1132  1.1  christos       ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF64_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1133  1.1  christos 
   1134  1.1  christos       ret->build_plt_entry = sparc64_plt_entry_build;
   1135  1.1  christos       ret->plt_header_size = PLT64_HEADER_SIZE;
   1136  1.1  christos       ret->plt_entry_size = PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1137  1.1  christos     }
   1138  1.1  christos   else
   1139  1.1  christos     {
   1140  1.1  christos       ret->put_word = sparc_put_word_32;
   1141  1.1  christos       ret->r_info = sparc_elf_r_info_32;
   1142  1.1  christos       ret->r_symndx = sparc_elf_r_symndx_32;
   1143  1.1  christos       ret->dtpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32;
   1144  1.1  christos       ret->dtpmod_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_DTPMOD32;
   1145  1.1  christos       ret->tpoff_reloc = R_SPARC_TLS_TPOFF32;
   1146  1.1  christos       ret->word_align_power = 2;
   1147  1.1  christos       ret->align_power_max = 3;
   1148  1.1  christos       ret->bytes_per_word = 4;
   1149  1.1  christos       ret->bytes_per_rela = sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1150  1.1  christos       ret->dynamic_interpreter = ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1151  1.1  christos       ret->dynamic_interpreter_size = sizeof ELF32_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   1152  1.1  christos 
   1153  1.1  christos       ret->build_plt_entry = sparc32_plt_entry_build;
   1154  1.1  christos       ret->plt_header_size = PLT32_HEADER_SIZE;
   1155  1.1  christos       ret->plt_entry_size = PLT32_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1156  1.1  christos     }
   1157  1.1  christos 
   1158  1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, link_hash_newfunc,
   1159  1.1  christos 				      sizeof (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry),
   1160  1.1  christos 				      SPARC_ELF_DATA))
   1161  1.1  christos     {
   1162  1.1  christos       free (ret);
   1163  1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1164  1.1  christos     }
   1165  1.1  christos 
   1166  1.1  christos   ret->loc_hash_table = htab_try_create (1024,
   1167  1.1  christos 					 elf_sparc_local_htab_hash,
   1168  1.1  christos 					 elf_sparc_local_htab_eq,
   1169  1.1  christos 					 NULL);
   1170  1.1  christos   ret->loc_hash_memory = objalloc_create ();
   1171  1.1  christos   if (!ret->loc_hash_table || !ret->loc_hash_memory)
   1172  1.1  christos     {
   1173  1.1  christos       free (ret);
   1174  1.1  christos       return NULL;
   1175  1.1  christos     }
   1176  1.1  christos 
   1177  1.1  christos   return &ret->elf.root;
   1178  1.1  christos }
   1179  1.1  christos 
   1180  1.1  christos /* Destroy a SPARC ELF linker hash table.  */
   1181  1.1  christos 
   1182  1.1  christos void
   1183  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *hash)
   1184  1.1  christos {
   1185  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
   1186  1.1  christos     = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *) hash;
   1187  1.1  christos 
   1188  1.1  christos   if (htab->loc_hash_table)
   1189  1.1  christos     htab_delete (htab->loc_hash_table);
   1190  1.1  christos   if (htab->loc_hash_memory)
   1191  1.1  christos     objalloc_free ((struct objalloc *) htab->loc_hash_memory);
   1192  1.1  christos   _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (hash);
   1193  1.1  christos }
   1194  1.1  christos 
   1195  1.1  christos /* Create .plt, .rela.plt, .got, .rela.got, .dynbss, and
   1196  1.1  christos    .rela.bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
   1197  1.1  christos    hash table.  */
   1198  1.1  christos 
   1199  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   1200  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *dynobj,
   1201  1.1  christos 					struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1202  1.1  christos {
   1203  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1204  1.1  christos 
   1205  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   1206  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1207  1.1  christos 
   1208  1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
   1209  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1210  1.1  christos 
   1211  1.1  christos   htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   1212  1.1  christos   if (!info->shared)
   1213  1.1  christos     htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   1214  1.1  christos 
   1215  1.1  christos   if (htab->is_vxworks)
   1216  1.1  christos     {
   1217  1.1  christos       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   1218  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   1219  1.1  christos       if (info->shared)
   1220  1.1  christos 	{
   1221  1.1  christos 	  htab->plt_header_size
   1222  1.1  christos 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
   1223  1.1  christos 	  htab->plt_entry_size
   1224  1.1  christos 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
   1225  1.1  christos 	}
   1226  1.1  christos       else
   1227  1.1  christos 	{
   1228  1.1  christos 	  htab->plt_header_size
   1229  1.1  christos 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
   1230  1.1  christos 	  htab->plt_entry_size
   1231  1.1  christos 	    = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
   1232  1.1  christos 	}
   1233  1.1  christos     }
   1234  1.1  christos 
   1235  1.1  christos   if (!htab->elf.splt || !htab->elf.srelplt || !htab->sdynbss
   1236  1.1  christos       || (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
   1237  1.1  christos     abort ();
   1238  1.1  christos 
   1239  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1240  1.1  christos }
   1241  1.1  christos 
   1242  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1243  1.1  christos create_ifunc_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1244  1.1  christos {
   1245  1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   1246  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   1247  1.1  christos   flagword flags, pltflags;
   1248  1.1  christos   asection *s;
   1249  1.1  christos 
   1250  1.1  christos   if (htab->irelifunc != NULL || htab->iplt != NULL)
   1251  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1252  1.1  christos 
   1253  1.1  christos   flags = bed->dynamic_sec_flags;
   1254  1.1  christos   pltflags = flags | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LOAD;
   1255  1.1  christos 
   1256  1.1  christos   s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", pltflags);
   1257  1.1  christos   if (s == NULL
   1258  1.1  christos       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
   1259  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1260  1.1  christos   htab->iplt = s;
   1261  1.1  christos 
   1262  1.1  christos   s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt",
   1263  1.1  christos 				   flags | SEC_READONLY);
   1264  1.1  christos   if (s == NULL
   1265  1.1  christos       || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
   1266  1.1  christos 				      bed->s->log_file_align))
   1267  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1268  1.1  christos   htab->irelplt = s;
   1269  1.1  christos 
   1270  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1271  1.1  christos }
   1272  1.1  christos 
   1273  1.1  christos /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   1274  1.1  christos 
   1275  1.1  christos void
   1276  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1277  1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   1278  1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   1279  1.1  christos {
   1280  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   1281  1.1  christos 
   1282  1.1  christos   edir = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   1283  1.1  christos   eind = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   1284  1.1  christos 
   1285  1.1  christos   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1286  1.1  christos     {
   1287  1.1  christos       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1288  1.1  christos 	{
   1289  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   1290  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1291  1.1  christos 
   1292  1.1  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   1293  1.1  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   1294  1.1  christos 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   1295  1.1  christos 	    {
   1296  1.1  christos 	      struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   1297  1.1  christos 
   1298  1.1  christos 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   1299  1.1  christos 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   1300  1.1  christos 		  {
   1301  1.1  christos 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   1302  1.1  christos 		    q->count += p->count;
   1303  1.1  christos 		    *pp = p->next;
   1304  1.1  christos 		    break;
   1305  1.1  christos 		  }
   1306  1.1  christos 	      if (q == NULL)
   1307  1.1  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   1308  1.1  christos 	    }
   1309  1.1  christos 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   1310  1.1  christos 	}
   1311  1.1  christos 
   1312  1.1  christos       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   1313  1.1  christos       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1314  1.1  christos     }
   1315  1.1  christos 
   1316  1.1  christos   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1317  1.1  christos       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   1318  1.1  christos     {
   1319  1.1  christos       edir->tls_type = eind->tls_type;
   1320  1.1  christos       eind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1321  1.1  christos     }
   1322  1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   1323  1.1  christos }
   1324  1.1  christos 
   1325  1.1  christos static int
   1326  1.1  christos sparc_elf_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
   1327  1.1  christos 			  int r_type, int is_local)
   1328  1.1  christos {
   1329  1.1  christos   if (! ABI_64_P (abfd)
   1330  1.1  christos       && r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22
   1331  1.1  christos       && ! _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_tlsgd)
   1332  1.1  christos     r_type = R_SPARC_REV32;
   1333  1.1  christos 
   1334  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   1335  1.1  christos     return r_type;
   1336  1.1  christos 
   1337  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   1338  1.1  christos     {
   1339  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1340  1.1  christos       if (is_local)
   1341  1.1  christos 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   1342  1.1  christos       return R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22;
   1343  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1344  1.1  christos       if (is_local)
   1345  1.1  christos 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   1346  1.1  christos       return R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10;
   1347  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1348  1.1  christos       if (is_local)
   1349  1.1  christos 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   1350  1.1  christos       return r_type;
   1351  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1352  1.1  christos       if (is_local)
   1353  1.1  christos 	return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   1354  1.1  christos       return r_type;
   1355  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   1356  1.1  christos       return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   1357  1.1  christos     case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   1358  1.1  christos       return R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   1359  1.1  christos     }
   1360  1.1  christos 
   1361  1.1  christos   return r_type;
   1362  1.1  christos }
   1363  1.1  christos 
   1364  1.1  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   1366  1.1  christos    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   1367  1.1  christos    table.  */
   1368  1.1  christos 
   1369  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   1370  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1371  1.1  christos 			     asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1372  1.1  christos {
   1373  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1374  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1375  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   1376  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   1377  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   1378  1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   1379  1.1  christos   int num_relocs;
   1380  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean checked_tlsgd = FALSE;
   1381  1.1  christos 
   1382  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   1383  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1384  1.1  christos 
   1385  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   1386  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1387  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   1388  1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1389  1.1  christos 
   1390  1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   1391  1.1  christos 
   1392  1.1  christos   if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
   1393  1.1  christos     num_relocs = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (_bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec));
   1394  1.1  christos   else
   1395  1.1  christos     num_relocs = sec->reloc_count;
   1396  1.1  christos 
   1397  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (is_sparc_elf (abfd) || num_relocs == 0);
   1398  1.1  christos 
   1399  1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
   1400  1.1  christos     htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
   1401  1.1  christos   if (!create_ifunc_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   1402  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1403  1.1  christos 
   1404  1.1  christos   rel_end = relocs + num_relocs;
   1405  1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   1406  1.1  christos     {
   1407  1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
   1408  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1409  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   1410  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   1411  1.1  christos 
   1412  1.1  christos       r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   1413  1.1  christos       r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1414  1.1  christos 
   1415  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
   1416  1.1  christos 	{
   1417  1.1  christos 	  (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
   1418  1.1  christos 				 abfd, r_symndx);
   1419  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   1420  1.1  christos 	}
   1421  1.1  christos 
   1422  1.1  christos       isym = NULL;
   1423  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1424  1.1  christos 	{
   1425  1.1  christos 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   1426  1.1  christos 	  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   1427  1.1  christos 					abfd, r_symndx);
   1428  1.1  christos 	  if (isym == NULL)
   1429  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1430  1.1  christos 
   1431  1.1  christos 	  /* Check relocation against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   1432  1.1  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1433  1.1  christos 	    {
   1434  1.1  christos 	      h = elf_sparc_get_local_sym_hash (htab, abfd, rel,
   1435  1.1  christos 						TRUE);
   1436  1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   1437  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   1438  1.1  christos 
   1439  1.1  christos 	      /* Fake a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   1440  1.1  christos 	      h->type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
   1441  1.1  christos 	      h->def_regular = 1;
   1442  1.1  christos 	      h->ref_regular = 1;
   1443  1.1  christos 	      h->forced_local = 1;
   1444  1.1  christos 	      h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   1445  1.1  christos 	    }
   1446  1.1  christos 	  else
   1447  1.1  christos 	    h = NULL;
   1448  1.1  christos 	}
   1449  1.1  christos       else
   1450  1.1  christos 	{
   1451  1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   1452  1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1453  1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1454  1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   1455  1.1  christos 	}
   1456  1.1  christos 
   1457  1.1  christos       if (h && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1458  1.1  christos 	{
   1459  1.1  christos 	  if (h->def_regular)
   1460  1.1  christos 	    {
   1461  1.1  christos 	      h->ref_regular = 1;
   1462  1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1463  1.1  christos 	    }
   1464  1.1  christos 	}
   1465  1.1  christos 
   1466  1.1  christos       /* Compatibility with old R_SPARC_REV32 reloc conflicting
   1467  1.1  christos 	 with R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22.  */
   1468  1.1  christos       if (! ABI_64_P (abfd) && ! checked_tlsgd)
   1469  1.1  christos 	switch (r_type)
   1470  1.1  christos 	  {
   1471  1.1  christos 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1472  1.1  christos 	    {
   1473  1.1  christos 	      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relt;
   1474  1.1  christos 
   1475  1.1  christos 	      for (relt = rel + 1; relt < rel_end; relt++)
   1476  1.1  christos 		if (ELF32_R_TYPE (relt->r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10
   1477  1.1  christos 		    || ELF32_R_TYPE (relt->r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD
   1478  1.1  christos 		    || ELF32_R_TYPE (relt->r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL)
   1479  1.1  christos 		  break;
   1480  1.1  christos 	      checked_tlsgd = TRUE;
   1481  1.1  christos 	      _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_tlsgd = relt < rel_end;
   1482  1.1  christos 	    }
   1483  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1484  1.1  christos 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1485  1.1  christos 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
   1486  1.1  christos 	  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   1487  1.1  christos 	    checked_tlsgd = TRUE;
   1488  1.1  christos 	    _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_tlsgd = TRUE;
   1489  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1490  1.1  christos 	  }
   1491  1.1  christos 
   1492  1.1  christos       r_type = sparc_elf_tls_transition (info, abfd, r_type, h == NULL);
   1493  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   1494  1.1  christos 	{
   1495  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   1496  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   1497  1.1  christos 	  htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   1498  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1499  1.1  christos 
   1500  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
   1501  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
   1502  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1503  1.1  christos 	    goto r_sparc_plt32;
   1504  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1505  1.1  christos 
   1506  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1507  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1508  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1509  1.1  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   1510  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through */
   1511  1.1  christos 
   1512  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   1513  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   1514  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   1515  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
   1516  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
   1517  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1518  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1519  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1520  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1521  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   1522  1.1  christos 	  {
   1523  1.1  christos 	    int tls_type, old_tls_type;
   1524  1.1  christos 
   1525  1.1  christos 	    switch (r_type)
   1526  1.1  christos 	      {
   1527  1.1  christos 	      default:
   1528  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   1529  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   1530  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   1531  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1532  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1533  1.1  christos 		tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   1534  1.1  christos 		break;
   1535  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1536  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1537  1.1  christos 		tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   1538  1.1  christos 		break;
   1539  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1540  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1541  1.1  christos 		tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   1542  1.1  christos 		break;
   1543  1.1  christos 	      }
   1544  1.1  christos 
   1545  1.1  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   1546  1.1  christos 	      {
   1547  1.1  christos 		h->got.refcount += 1;
   1548  1.1  christos 		old_tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   1549  1.1  christos 	      }
   1550  1.1  christos 	    else
   1551  1.1  christos 	      {
   1552  1.1  christos 		bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1553  1.1  christos 
   1554  1.1  christos 		/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   1555  1.1  christos 		local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1556  1.1  christos 		if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1557  1.1  christos 		  {
   1558  1.1  christos 		    bfd_size_type size;
   1559  1.1  christos 
   1560  1.1  christos 		    size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1561  1.1  christos 		    size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) + sizeof(char));
   1562  1.1  christos 		    local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
   1563  1.1  christos 					   bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
   1564  1.1  christos 		    if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1565  1.1  christos 		      return FALSE;
   1566  1.1  christos 		    elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   1567  1.1  christos 		    _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
   1568  1.1  christos 		      = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1569  1.1  christos 		  }
   1570  1.1  christos 		switch (r_type)
   1571  1.1  christos 		  {
   1572  1.1  christos 		  case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1573  1.1  christos 		  case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1574  1.1  christos 		    break;
   1575  1.1  christos 
   1576  1.1  christos 		  default:
   1577  1.1  christos 		    local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   1578  1.1  christos 		    break;
   1579  1.1  christos 		  }
   1580  1.1  christos 		old_tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   1581  1.1  christos 	      }
   1582  1.1  christos 
   1583  1.1  christos 	    /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
   1584  1.1  christos 	       there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
   1585  1.1  christos 	    if (old_tls_type != tls_type && old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
   1586  1.1  christos 		&& (old_tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   1587  1.1  christos 		    || tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
   1588  1.1  christos 	      {
   1589  1.1  christos 		if (old_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   1590  1.1  christos 		  tls_type = old_tls_type;
   1591  1.1  christos 		else
   1592  1.1  christos 		  {
   1593  1.1  christos 		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1594  1.1  christos 		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
   1595  1.1  christos 		       abfd, h ? h->root.root.string : "<local>");
   1596  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1597  1.1  christos 		  }
   1598  1.1  christos 	      }
   1599  1.1  christos 
   1600  1.1  christos 	    if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
   1601  1.1  christos 	      {
   1602  1.1  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   1603  1.1  christos 		  _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_type = tls_type;
   1604  1.1  christos 		else
   1605  1.1  christos 		  _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
   1606  1.1  christos 	      }
   1607  1.1  christos 	  }
   1608  1.1  christos 
   1609  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   1610  1.1  christos 	    {
   1611  1.1  christos 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
   1612  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   1613  1.1  christos 	    }
   1614  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1615  1.1  christos 
   1616  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   1617  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   1618  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1619  1.1  christos 	    {
   1620  1.1  christos 	      /* These are basically R_SPARC_TLS_WPLT30 relocs against
   1621  1.1  christos 		 __tls_get_addr.  */
   1622  1.1  christos 	      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
   1623  1.1  christos 	      if (! _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd,
   1624  1.1  christos 						      "__tls_get_addr", 0,
   1625  1.1  christos 						      bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
   1626  1.1  christos 						      NULL, FALSE, FALSE,
   1627  1.1  christos 						      &bh))
   1628  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   1629  1.1  christos 	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
   1630  1.1  christos 	    }
   1631  1.1  christos 	  else
   1632  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1633  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through */
   1634  1.1  christos 
   1635  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PLT32:
   1636  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   1637  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HIPLT22:
   1638  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LOPLT10:
   1639  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT32:
   1640  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT22:
   1641  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT10:
   1642  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PLT64:
   1643  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   1644  1.1  christos 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   1645  1.1  christos 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
   1646  1.1  christos 	     linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
   1647  1.1  christos 	     need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
   1648  1.1  christos 
   1649  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   1650  1.1  christos 	    {
   1651  1.1  christos 	      if (! ABI_64_P (abfd))
   1652  1.1  christos 		{
   1653  1.1  christos 		  /* The Solaris native assembler will generate a WPLT30
   1654  1.1  christos 		     reloc for a local symbol if you assemble a call from
   1655  1.1  christos 		     one section to another when using -K pic.  We treat
   1656  1.1  christos 		     it as WDISP30.  */
   1657  1.1  christos 		  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SPARC_PLT32)
   1658  1.1  christos 		    goto r_sparc_plt32;
   1659  1.1  christos 		  break;
   1660  1.1  christos 		}
   1661  1.1  christos 	      /* PR 7027: We need similar behaviour for 64-bit binaries.  */
   1662  1.1  christos 	      else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WPLT30)
   1663  1.1  christos 		break;
   1664  1.1  christos 
   1665  1.1  christos 	      /* It does not make sense to have a procedure linkage
   1666  1.1  christos                  table entry for a local symbol.  */
   1667  1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1668  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1669  1.1  christos 	    }
   1670  1.1  christos 
   1671  1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   1672  1.1  christos 
   1673  1.1  christos 	  {
   1674  1.1  christos 	    int this_r_type;
   1675  1.1  christos 
   1676  1.1  christos 	    this_r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1677  1.1  christos 	    if (this_r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32
   1678  1.1  christos 		|| this_r_type == R_SPARC_PLT64)
   1679  1.1  christos 	      goto r_sparc_plt32;
   1680  1.1  christos 	  }
   1681  1.1  christos 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1682  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1683  1.1  christos 
   1684  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC10:
   1685  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC22:
   1686  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   1687  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   1688  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   1689  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1690  1.1  christos 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1691  1.1  christos 
   1692  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1693  1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   1694  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1695  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1696  1.1  christos 
   1697  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   1698  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   1699  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   1700  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   1701  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   1702  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP22:
   1703  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP19:
   1704  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP16:
   1705  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP10:
   1706  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_8:
   1707  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_16:
   1708  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_32:
   1709  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HI22:
   1710  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_22:
   1711  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_13:
   1712  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LO10:
   1713  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA16:
   1714  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA32:
   1715  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_10:
   1716  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_11:
   1717  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_64:
   1718  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_OLO10:
   1719  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HH22:
   1720  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HM10:
   1721  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LM22:
   1722  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_7:
   1723  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_5:
   1724  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_6:
   1725  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HIX22:
   1726  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LOX10:
   1727  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_H44:
   1728  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_M44:
   1729  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_L44:
   1730  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_H34:
   1731  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA64:
   1732  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1733  1.1  christos 	    h->non_got_ref = 1;
   1734  1.1  christos 
   1735  1.1  christos 	r_sparc_plt32:
   1736  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
   1737  1.1  christos 	    {
   1738  1.1  christos 	      /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
   1739  1.1  christos 		 refers to is in a shared lib.  */
   1740  1.1  christos 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   1741  1.1  christos 	    }
   1742  1.1  christos 
   1743  1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   1744  1.1  christos 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   1745  1.1  christos 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   1746  1.1  christos 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   1747  1.1  christos 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   1748  1.1  christos 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   1749  1.1  christos 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   1750  1.1  christos 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   1751  1.1  christos 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   1752  1.1  christos 	     later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
   1753  1.1  christos 	     DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
   1754  1.1  christos 	     a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
   1755  1.1  christos 	     storing information in the relocs_copied field of the hash
   1756  1.1  christos 	     table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
   1757  1.1  christos 	     shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
   1758  1.1  christos 	     symbol local.
   1759  1.1  christos 
   1760  1.1  christos 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   1761  1.1  christos 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   1762  1.1  christos 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   1763  1.1  christos 	     symbol.  */
   1764  1.1  christos 	  if ((info->shared
   1765  1.1  christos 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1766  1.1  christos 	       && (! _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].pc_relative
   1767  1.1  christos 		   || (h != NULL
   1768  1.1  christos 		       && (! SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   1769  1.1  christos 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1770  1.1  christos 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   1771  1.1  christos 	      || (!info->shared
   1772  1.1  christos 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1773  1.1  christos 		  && h != NULL
   1774  1.1  christos 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1775  1.1  christos 		      || !h->def_regular))
   1776  1.1  christos 	      || (!info->shared
   1777  1.1  christos 		  && h != NULL
   1778  1.1  christos 		  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
   1779  1.1  christos 	    {
   1780  1.1  christos 	      struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1781  1.1  christos 	      struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   1782  1.1  christos 
   1783  1.1  christos 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   1784  1.1  christos 		 relocs into the output file.  We create a reloc
   1785  1.1  christos 		 section in dynobj and make room for the reloc.  */
   1786  1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1787  1.1  christos 		{
   1788  1.1  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   1789  1.1  christos 		    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, htab->word_align_power,
   1790  1.1  christos 		     abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   1791  1.1  christos 
   1792  1.1  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1793  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1794  1.1  christos 		}
   1795  1.1  christos 
   1796  1.1  christos 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   1797  1.1  christos 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   1798  1.1  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1799  1.1  christos 		head = &((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
   1800  1.1  christos 	      else
   1801  1.1  christos 		{
   1802  1.1  christos 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   1803  1.1  christos 		     We really need local syms available to do this
   1804  1.1  christos 		     easily.  Oh well.  */
   1805  1.1  christos 		  asection *s;
   1806  1.1  christos 		  void *vpp;
   1807  1.1  christos 
   1808  1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (isym != NULL);
   1809  1.1  christos 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   1810  1.1  christos 		  if (s == NULL)
   1811  1.1  christos 		    s = sec;
   1812  1.1  christos 
   1813  1.1  christos 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   1814  1.1  christos 		  head = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   1815  1.1  christos 		}
   1816  1.1  christos 
   1817  1.1  christos 	      p = *head;
   1818  1.1  christos 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   1819  1.1  christos 		{
   1820  1.1  christos 		  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
   1821  1.1  christos 		  p = ((struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *)
   1822  1.1  christos 		       bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, amt));
   1823  1.1  christos 		  if (p == NULL)
   1824  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1825  1.1  christos 		  p->next = *head;
   1826  1.1  christos 		  *head = p;
   1827  1.1  christos 		  p->sec = sec;
   1828  1.1  christos 		  p->count = 0;
   1829  1.1  christos 		  p->pc_count = 0;
   1830  1.1  christos 		}
   1831  1.1  christos 
   1832  1.1  christos 	      p->count += 1;
   1833  1.1  christos 	      if (_bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].pc_relative)
   1834  1.1  christos 		p->pc_count += 1;
   1835  1.1  christos 	    }
   1836  1.1  christos 
   1837  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1838  1.1  christos 
   1839  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1840  1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   1841  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1842  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1843  1.1  christos 
   1844  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1845  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   1846  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1847  1.1  christos 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   1848  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1849  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1850  1.1  christos 
   1851  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_REGISTER:
   1852  1.1  christos 	  /* Nothing to do.  */
   1853  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1854  1.1  christos 
   1855  1.1  christos 	default:
   1856  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1857  1.1  christos 	}
   1858  1.1  christos     }
   1859  1.1  christos 
   1860  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1861  1.1  christos }
   1862  1.1  christos 
   1863  1.1  christos asection *
   1865  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   1866  1.1  christos 			     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1867  1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   1868  1.1  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1869  1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   1870  1.1  christos {
   1871  1.1  christos   if (h != NULL)
   1872  1.1  christos     switch (SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   1873  1.1  christos       {
   1874  1.1  christos       case R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1875  1.1  christos       case R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1876  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1877  1.1  christos       }
   1878  1.1  christos 
   1879  1.1  christos   /* FIXME: The test here, in check_relocs and in relocate_section
   1880  1.1  christos      dealing with TLS optimization, ought to be !info->executable.  */
   1881  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   1882  1.1  christos     {
   1883  1.1  christos       switch (SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   1884  1.1  christos 	{
   1885  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   1886  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   1887  1.1  christos 	  /* This reloc implicitly references __tls_get_addr.  We know
   1888  1.1  christos 	     another reloc will reference the same symbol as the one
   1889  1.1  christos 	     on this reloc, so the real symbol and section will be
   1890  1.1  christos 	     gc marked when processing the other reloc.  That lets
   1891  1.1  christos 	     us handle __tls_get_addr here.  */
   1892  1.1  christos 	  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__tls_get_addr",
   1893  1.1  christos 				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
   1894  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   1895  1.1  christos 	  h->mark = 1;
   1896  1.1  christos 	  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   1897  1.1  christos 	    h->u.weakdef->mark = 1;
   1898  1.1  christos 	  sym = NULL;
   1899  1.1  christos 	}
   1900  1.1  christos     }
   1901  1.1  christos 
   1902  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   1903  1.1  christos }
   1904  1.1  christos 
   1905  1.1  christos static Elf_Internal_Rela *
   1906  1.1  christos sparc_elf_find_reloc_at_ofs (Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   1907  1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
   1908  1.1  christos 			     bfd_vma offset)
   1909  1.1  christos {
   1910  1.1  christos   while (rel < relend)
   1911  1.1  christos     {
   1912  1.1  christos       if (rel->r_offset == offset)
   1913  1.1  christos 	return rel;
   1914  1.1  christos       rel++;
   1915  1.1  christos     }
   1916  1.1  christos   return NULL;
   1917  1.1  christos }
   1918  1.1  christos 
   1919  1.1  christos /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   1920  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   1921  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1922  1.1  christos 			      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1923  1.1  christos {
   1924  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   1925  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1926  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   1927  1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1928  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   1929  1.1  christos 
   1930  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   1931  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1932  1.1  christos 
   1933  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (is_sparc_elf (abfd) || sec->reloc_count == 0);
   1934  1.1  christos 
   1935  1.1  christos   elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
   1936  1.1  christos 
   1937  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   1938  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   1939  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   1940  1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1941  1.1  christos   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1942  1.1  christos 
   1943  1.1  christos   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1944  1.1  christos   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   1945  1.1  christos     {
   1946  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1947  1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
   1948  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   1949  1.1  christos 
   1950  1.1  christos       r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   1951  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1952  1.1  christos 	{
   1953  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   1954  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   1955  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   1956  1.1  christos 
   1957  1.1  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   1958  1.1  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1959  1.1  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1960  1.1  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   1961  1.1  christos 	  eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   1962  1.1  christos 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
   1963  1.1  christos 	    if (p->sec == sec)
   1964  1.1  christos 	      {
   1965  1.1  christos 		/* Everything must go for SEC.  */
   1966  1.1  christos 		*pp = p->next;
   1967  1.1  christos 		break;
   1968  1.1  christos 	      }
   1969  1.1  christos 	}
   1970  1.1  christos 
   1971  1.1  christos       r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1972  1.1  christos       r_type = sparc_elf_tls_transition (info, abfd, r_type, h != NULL);
   1973  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   1974  1.1  christos 	{
   1975  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   1976  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   1977  1.1  christos 	  if (_bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   1978  1.1  christos 	    _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
   1979  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1980  1.1  christos 
   1981  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   1982  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   1983  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   1984  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   1985  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   1986  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   1987  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   1988  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
   1989  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
   1990  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   1991  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   1992  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   1993  1.1  christos 	    {
   1994  1.1  christos 	      if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   1995  1.1  christos 		h->got.refcount--;
   1996  1.1  christos 	    }
   1997  1.1  christos 	  else
   1998  1.1  christos 	    {
   1999  1.1  christos 	      switch (r_type)
   2000  1.1  christos 		{
   2001  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   2002  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   2003  1.1  christos 		  break;
   2004  1.1  christos 
   2005  1.1  christos 		default:
   2006  1.1  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
   2007  1.1  christos 		    local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]--;
   2008  1.1  christos 		  break;
   2009  1.1  christos 		}
   2010  1.1  christos 	    }
   2011  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2012  1.1  christos 
   2013  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC10:
   2014  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC22:
   2015  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   2016  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   2017  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   2018  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   2019  1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2020  1.1  christos 	    break;
   2021  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2022  1.1  christos 
   2023  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   2024  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   2025  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   2026  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   2027  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   2028  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP22:
   2029  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP19:
   2030  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP16:
   2031  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP10:
   2032  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_8:
   2033  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_16:
   2034  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_32:
   2035  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HI22:
   2036  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_22:
   2037  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_13:
   2038  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LO10:
   2039  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA16:
   2040  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA32:
   2041  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PLT32:
   2042  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_10:
   2043  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_11:
   2044  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_64:
   2045  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_OLO10:
   2046  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HH22:
   2047  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HM10:
   2048  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LM22:
   2049  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_7:
   2050  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_5:
   2051  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_6:
   2052  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HIX22:
   2053  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LOX10:
   2054  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_H44:
   2055  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_M44:
   2056  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_L44:
   2057  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_H34:
   2058  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA64:
   2059  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   2060  1.1  christos 	    break;
   2061  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2062  1.1  christos 
   2063  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   2064  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   2065  1.1  christos 	    {
   2066  1.1  christos 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   2067  1.1  christos 		h->plt.refcount--;
   2068  1.1  christos 	    }
   2069  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2070  1.1  christos 
   2071  1.1  christos 	default:
   2072  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2073  1.1  christos 	}
   2074  1.1  christos     }
   2075  1.1  christos 
   2076  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2077  1.1  christos }
   2078  1.1  christos 
   2079  1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2080  1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2081  1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2082  1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2083  1.1  christos    understand.  */
   2084  1.1  christos 
   2085  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2086  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2087  1.1  christos 				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2088  1.1  christos {
   2089  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2090  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry * eh;
   2091  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2092  1.1  christos   asection *s;
   2093  1.1  christos 
   2094  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2095  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2096  1.1  christos 
   2097  1.1  christos   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2098  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
   2099  1.1  christos 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2100  1.1  christos 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2101  1.1  christos 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   2102  1.1  christos 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2103  1.1  christos 		      && h->ref_regular
   2104  1.1  christos 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2105  1.1  christos 
   2106  1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2107  1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later
   2108  1.1  christos      (although we could actually do it here).  The STT_NOTYPE
   2109  1.1  christos      condition is a hack specifically for the Oracle libraries
   2110  1.1  christos      delivered for Solaris; for some inexplicable reason, they define
   2111  1.1  christos      some of their functions as STT_NOTYPE when they really should be
   2112  1.1  christos      STT_FUNC.  */
   2113  1.1  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2114  1.1  christos       || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2115  1.1  christos       || h->needs_plt
   2116  1.1  christos       || (h->type == STT_NOTYPE
   2117  1.1  christos 	  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2118  1.1  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   2119  1.1  christos 	  && (h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
   2120  1.1  christos     {
   2121  1.1  christos       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2122  1.1  christos 	  || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2123  1.1  christos 	      && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2124  1.1  christos 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2125  1.1  christos 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   2126  1.1  christos 	{
   2127  1.1  christos 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a WPLT30 reloc in an input
   2128  1.1  christos 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2129  1.1  christos 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   2130  1.1  christos 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   2131  1.1  christos 	     linkage table, and we can just do a WDISP30 reloc instead.  */
   2132  1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2133  1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2134  1.1  christos 	}
   2135  1.1  christos 
   2136  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   2137  1.1  christos     }
   2138  1.1  christos   else
   2139  1.1  christos     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2140  1.1  christos 
   2141  1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2142  1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2143  1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2144  1.1  christos   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   2145  1.1  christos     {
   2146  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2147  1.1  christos 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   2148  1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   2149  1.1  christos       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   2150  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   2151  1.1  christos     }
   2152  1.1  christos 
   2153  1.1  christos   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2154  1.1  christos      is not a function.  */
   2155  1.1  christos 
   2156  1.1  christos   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2157  1.1  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2158  1.1  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2159  1.1  christos      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2160  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   2161  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2162  1.1  christos 
   2163  1.1  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2164  1.1  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2165  1.1  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2166  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2167  1.1  christos 
   2168  1.1  christos   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   2169  1.1  christos   if (info->nocopyreloc)
   2170  1.1  christos     {
   2171  1.1  christos       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2172  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   2173  1.1  christos     }
   2174  1.1  christos 
   2175  1.1  christos   eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2176  1.1  christos   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2177  1.1  christos     {
   2178  1.1  christos       s = p->sec->output_section;
   2179  1.1  christos       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2180  1.1  christos 	break;
   2181  1.1  christos     }
   2182  1.1  christos 
   2183  1.1  christos   /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   2184  1.1  christos      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   2185  1.1  christos   if (p == NULL)
   2186  1.1  christos     {
   2187  1.1  christos       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2188  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   2189  1.1  christos     }
   2190  1.1  christos 
   2191  1.1  christos   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2192  1.1  christos      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2193  1.1  christos      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2194  1.1  christos      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2195  1.1  christos      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2196  1.1  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2197  1.1  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2198  1.1  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2199  1.1  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2200  1.1  christos 
   2201  1.1  christos   /* We must generate a R_SPARC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker
   2202  1.1  christos      to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2203  1.1  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2204  1.1  christos      .rel.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2205  1.1  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2206  1.1  christos     {
   2207  1.1  christos       htab->srelbss->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2208  1.1  christos       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2209  1.1  christos     }
   2210  1.1  christos 
   2211  1.1  christos   s = htab->sdynbss;
   2212  1.1  christos 
   2213  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
   2214  1.1  christos }
   2215  1.1  christos 
   2216  1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2217  1.1  christos    dynamic relocs.  */
   2218  1.1  christos 
   2219  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2220  1.1  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
   2221  1.1  christos {
   2222  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2223  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2224  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2225  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2226  1.1  christos 
   2227  1.1  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2228  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2229  1.1  christos 
   2230  1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2231  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2232  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2233  1.1  christos 
   2234  1.1  christos   if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   2235  1.1  christos        && h->plt.refcount > 0)
   2236  1.1  christos       || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2237  1.1  christos 	  && h->def_regular
   2238  1.1  christos 	  && h->ref_regular))
   2239  1.1  christos     {
   2240  1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2241  1.1  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2242  1.1  christos       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2243  1.1  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2244  1.1  christos 	{
   2245  1.1  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2246  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2247  1.1  christos 	}
   2248  1.1  christos 
   2249  1.1  christos       if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, info->shared, h)
   2250  1.1  christos 	  || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2251  1.1  christos 	      && h->def_regular))
   2252  1.1  christos 	{
   2253  1.1  christos 	  asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
   2254  1.1  christos 
   2255  1.1  christos 	  if (s == NULL)
   2256  1.1  christos 	    s = htab->elf.iplt;
   2257  1.1  christos 
   2258  1.1  christos 	  /* Allocate room for the header.  */
   2259  1.1  christos 	  if (s->size == 0)
   2260  1.1  christos 	    {
   2261  1.1  christos 	      s->size = htab->plt_header_size;
   2262  1.1  christos 
   2263  1.1  christos 	      /* Allocate space for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
   2264  1.1  christos 	      if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
   2265  1.1  christos 		htab->srelplt2->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
   2266  1.1  christos 	    }
   2267  1.1  christos 
   2268  1.1  christos 	  /* The procedure linkage table size is bounded by the magnitude
   2269  1.1  christos 	     of the offset we can describe in the entry.  */
   2270  1.1  christos 	  if (s->size >= (SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES(htab) == 8 ?
   2271  1.1  christos 			  (((bfd_vma)1 << 31) << 1) : 0x400000))
   2272  1.1  christos 	    {
   2273  1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2274  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   2275  1.1  christos 	    }
   2276  1.1  christos 
   2277  1.1  christos 	  if (SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES(htab) == 8
   2278  1.1  christos 	      && s->size >= PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)
   2279  1.1  christos 	    {
   2280  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma off = s->size - PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2281  1.1  christos 
   2282  1.1  christos 
   2283  1.1  christos 	      off = (off % (160 * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE)) / PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2284  1.1  christos 
   2285  1.1  christos 	      h->plt.offset = (s->size - (off * 8));
   2286  1.1  christos 	    }
   2287  1.1  christos 	  else
   2288  1.1  christos 	    h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2289  1.1  christos 
   2290  1.1  christos 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2291  1.1  christos 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2292  1.1  christos 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2293  1.1  christos 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2294  1.1  christos 	     the shared library.  */
   2295  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared
   2296  1.1  christos 	      && !h->def_regular)
   2297  1.1  christos 	    {
   2298  1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2299  1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   2300  1.1  christos 	    }
   2301  1.1  christos 
   2302  1.1  christos 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2303  1.1  christos 	  s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
   2304  1.1  christos 
   2305  1.1  christos 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2306  1.1  christos 	  if (s == htab->elf.splt)
   2307  1.1  christos 	    htab->elf.srelplt->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2308  1.1  christos 	  else
   2309  1.1  christos 	    htab->elf.irelplt->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2310  1.1  christos 
   2311  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->is_vxworks)
   2312  1.1  christos 	    {
   2313  1.1  christos 	      /* Allocate space for the .got.plt entry.  */
   2314  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
   2315  1.1  christos 
   2316  1.1  christos 	      /* ...and for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  */
   2317  1.1  christos 	      if (!info->shared)
   2318  1.1  christos 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 3;
   2319  1.1  christos 	    }
   2320  1.1  christos 	}
   2321  1.1  christos       else
   2322  1.1  christos 	{
   2323  1.1  christos 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2324  1.1  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2325  1.1  christos 	}
   2326  1.1  christos     }
   2327  1.1  christos   else
   2328  1.1  christos     {
   2329  1.1  christos       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2330  1.1  christos       h->needs_plt = 0;
   2331  1.1  christos     }
   2332  1.1  christos 
   2333  1.1  christos   /* If R_SPARC_TLS_IE_{HI22,LO10} symbol is now local to the binary,
   2334  1.1  christos      make it a R_SPARC_TLS_LE_{HI22,LO10} requiring no TLS entry.  */
   2335  1.1  christos   if (h->got.refcount > 0
   2336  1.1  christos       && !info->shared
   2337  1.1  christos       && h->dynindx == -1
   2338  1.1  christos       && _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2339  1.1  christos     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2340  1.1  christos   else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   2341  1.1  christos     {
   2342  1.1  christos       asection *s;
   2343  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean dyn;
   2344  1.1  christos       int tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   2345  1.1  christos 
   2346  1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2347  1.1  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2348  1.1  christos       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2349  1.1  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2350  1.1  christos 	{
   2351  1.1  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2352  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2353  1.1  christos 	}
   2354  1.1  christos 
   2355  1.1  christos       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   2356  1.1  christos       h->got.offset = s->size;
   2357  1.1  christos       s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2358  1.1  christos       /* R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI{22,LO10} needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
   2359  1.1  christos       if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2360  1.1  christos 	s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2361  1.1  christos       dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
   2362  1.1  christos       /* R_SPARC_TLS_IE_{HI22,LO10} needs one dynamic relocation,
   2363  1.1  christos 	 R_SPARC_TLS_GD_{HI22,LO10} needs one if local symbol and two if
   2364  1.1  christos 	 global.  */
   2365  1.1  christos       if ((tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
   2366  1.1  christos 	  || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   2367  1.1  christos 	  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2368  1.1  christos 	htab->elf.srelgot->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2369  1.1  christos       else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2370  1.1  christos 	htab->elf.srelgot->size += 2 * SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2371  1.1  christos       else if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
   2372  1.1  christos 	htab->elf.srelgot->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2373  1.1  christos     }
   2374  1.1  christos   else
   2375  1.1  christos     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2376  1.1  christos 
   2377  1.1  christos   eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2378  1.1  christos   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2379  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2380  1.1  christos 
   2381  1.1  christos   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   2382  1.1  christos      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   2383  1.1  christos      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   2384  1.1  christos      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
   2385  1.1  christos      visibility changes.  */
   2386  1.1  christos 
   2387  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   2388  1.1  christos     {
   2389  1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2390  1.1  christos 	{
   2391  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2392  1.1  christos 
   2393  1.1  christos 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2394  1.1  christos 	    {
   2395  1.1  christos 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   2396  1.1  christos 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   2397  1.1  christos 	      if (p->count == 0)
   2398  1.1  christos 		*pp = p->next;
   2399  1.1  christos 	      else
   2400  1.1  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   2401  1.1  christos 	    }
   2402  1.1  christos 	}
   2403  1.1  christos 
   2404  1.1  christos       if (htab->is_vxworks)
   2405  1.1  christos 	{
   2406  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2407  1.1  christos 
   2408  1.1  christos 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2409  1.1  christos 	    {
   2410  1.1  christos 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2411  1.1  christos 		*pp = p->next;
   2412  1.1  christos 	      else
   2413  1.1  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   2414  1.1  christos 	    }
   2415  1.1  christos 	}
   2416  1.1  christos 
   2417  1.1  christos       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   2418  1.1  christos 	 visibility.  */
   2419  1.1  christos       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   2420  1.1  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2421  1.1  christos 	{
   2422  1.1  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   2423  1.1  christos 	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2424  1.1  christos 
   2425  1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   2426  1.1  christos 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   2427  1.1  christos 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   2428  1.1  christos 		   && !h->forced_local)
   2429  1.1  christos 	    {
   2430  1.1  christos 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2431  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2432  1.1  christos 	    }
   2433  1.1  christos 	}
   2434  1.1  christos     }
   2435  1.1  christos   else
   2436  1.1  christos     {
   2437  1.1  christos       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   2438  1.1  christos 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   2439  1.1  christos 	 dynamic.  */
   2440  1.1  christos 
   2441  1.1  christos       if (!h->non_got_ref
   2442  1.1  christos 	  && ((h->def_dynamic
   2443  1.1  christos 	       && !h->def_regular)
   2444  1.1  christos 	      || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
   2445  1.1  christos 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2446  1.1  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   2447  1.1  christos 	{
   2448  1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2449  1.1  christos 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2450  1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2451  1.1  christos 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2452  1.1  christos 	    {
   2453  1.1  christos 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2454  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2455  1.1  christos 	    }
   2456  1.1  christos 
   2457  1.1  christos 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   2458  1.1  christos 	     relocs.  */
   2459  1.1  christos 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   2460  1.1  christos 	    goto keep;
   2461  1.1  christos 	}
   2462  1.1  christos 
   2463  1.1  christos       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2464  1.1  christos 
   2465  1.1  christos     keep: ;
   2466  1.1  christos     }
   2467  1.1  christos 
   2468  1.1  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2469  1.1  christos   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2470  1.1  christos     {
   2471  1.1  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2472  1.1  christos       sreloc->size += p->count * SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2473  1.1  christos     }
   2474  1.1  christos 
   2475  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2476  1.1  christos }
   2477  1.1  christos 
   2478  1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2479  1.1  christos    local dynamic relocs.  */
   2480  1.1  christos 
   2481  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2482  1.1  christos allocate_local_dynrelocs (void **slot, void *inf)
   2483  1.1  christos {
   2484  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
   2485  1.1  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   2486  1.1  christos 
   2487  1.1  christos   if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2488  1.1  christos       || !h->def_regular
   2489  1.1  christos       || !h->ref_regular
   2490  1.1  christos       || !h->forced_local
   2491  1.1  christos       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
   2492  1.1  christos     abort ();
   2493  1.1  christos 
   2494  1.1  christos   return allocate_dynrelocs (h, inf);
   2495  1.1  christos }
   2496  1.1  christos 
   2497  1.1  christos /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
   2498  1.1  christos 
   2499  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2500  1.1  christos readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
   2501  1.1  christos {
   2502  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2503  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2504  1.1  christos 
   2505  1.1  christos   eh = (struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2506  1.1  christos   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2507  1.1  christos     {
   2508  1.1  christos       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   2509  1.1  christos 
   2510  1.1  christos       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2511  1.1  christos 	{
   2512  1.1  christos 	  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2513  1.1  christos 
   2514  1.1  christos           if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   2515  1.1  christos             (*_bfd_error_handler)
   2516  1.1  christos               (_("warning: dynamic relocation in readonly section `%s'"),
   2517  1.1  christos               h->root.root.string);
   2518  1.1  christos 	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2519  1.1  christos 
   2520  1.1  christos 	  /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   2521  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2522  1.1  christos 	}
   2523  1.1  christos     }
   2524  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2525  1.1  christos }
   2526  1.1  christos 
   2527  1.1  christos /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
   2528  1.1  christos    omitted when creating a shared library.  */
   2529  1.1  christos 
   2530  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2531  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd,
   2532  1.1  christos 				    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2533  1.1  christos 				    asection *p)
   2534  1.1  christos {
   2535  1.1  christos   /* We keep the .got section symbol so that explicit relocations
   2536  1.1  christos      against the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol emitted in PIC mode
   2537  1.1  christos      can be turned into relocations against the .got symbol.  */
   2538  1.1  christos   if (strcmp (p->name, ".got") == 0)
   2539  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2540  1.1  christos 
   2541  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd, info, p);
   2542  1.1  christos }
   2543  1.1  christos 
   2544  1.1  christos /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   2545  1.1  christos 
   2546  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2547  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   2548  1.1  christos 				      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2549  1.1  christos {
   2550  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2551  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2552  1.1  christos   asection *s;
   2553  1.1  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   2554  1.1  christos 
   2555  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2556  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2557  1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   2558  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   2559  1.1  christos 
   2560  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2561  1.1  christos     {
   2562  1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2563  1.1  christos       if (info->executable)
   2564  1.1  christos 	{
   2565  1.1  christos 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   2566  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2567  1.1  christos 	  s->size = htab->dynamic_interpreter_size;
   2568  1.1  christos 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) htab->dynamic_interpreter;
   2569  1.1  christos 	}
   2570  1.1  christos     }
   2571  1.1  christos 
   2572  1.1  christos   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   2573  1.1  christos      relocs.  */
   2574  1.1  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
   2575  1.1  christos     {
   2576  1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2577  1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2578  1.1  christos       char *local_tls_type;
   2579  1.1  christos       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2580  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2581  1.1  christos       asection *srel;
   2582  1.1  christos 
   2583  1.1  christos       if (! is_sparc_elf (ibfd))
   2584  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2585  1.1  christos 
   2586  1.1  christos       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2587  1.1  christos 	{
   2588  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2589  1.1  christos 
   2590  1.1  christos 	  for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2591  1.1  christos 	    {
   2592  1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   2593  1.1  christos 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   2594  1.1  christos 		{
   2595  1.1  christos 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   2596  1.1  christos 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   2597  1.1  christos 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   2598  1.1  christos 		     the relocs too.  */
   2599  1.1  christos 		}
   2600  1.1  christos 	      else if (htab->is_vxworks
   2601  1.1  christos 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   2602  1.1  christos 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2603  1.1  christos 		{
   2604  1.1  christos 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   2605  1.1  christos 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   2606  1.1  christos 		}
   2607  1.1  christos 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   2608  1.1  christos 		{
   2609  1.1  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2610  1.1  christos 		  if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
   2611  1.1  christos 		    srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
   2612  1.1  christos 		  srel->size += p->count * SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2613  1.1  christos 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2614  1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2615  1.1  christos 		}
   2616  1.1  christos 	    }
   2617  1.1  christos 	}
   2618  1.1  christos 
   2619  1.1  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   2620  1.1  christos       if (!local_got)
   2621  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2622  1.1  christos 
   2623  1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   2624  1.1  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2625  1.1  christos       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   2626  1.1  christos       local_tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
   2627  1.1  christos       s = htab->elf.sgot;
   2628  1.1  christos       srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
   2629  1.1  christos       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++local_tls_type)
   2630  1.1  christos 	{
   2631  1.1  christos 	  if (*local_got > 0)
   2632  1.1  christos 	    {
   2633  1.1  christos 	      *local_got = s->size;
   2634  1.1  christos 	      s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2635  1.1  christos 	      if (*local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2636  1.1  christos 		s->size += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   2637  1.1  christos 	      if (info->shared
   2638  1.1  christos 		  || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD
   2639  1.1  christos 		  || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2640  1.1  christos 		srel->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2641  1.1  christos 	    }
   2642  1.1  christos 	  else
   2643  1.1  christos 	    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2644  1.1  christos 	}
   2645  1.1  christos     }
   2646  1.1  christos 
   2647  1.1  christos   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   2648  1.1  christos     {
   2649  1.1  christos       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for
   2650  1.1  christos 	 R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_{HI22,LO10} relocs.  */
   2651  1.1  christos       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->elf.sgot->size;
   2652  1.1  christos       htab->elf.sgot->size += (2 * SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab));
   2653  1.1  christos       htab->elf.srelgot->size += SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab);
   2654  1.1  christos     }
   2655  1.1  christos   else
   2656  1.1  christos     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   2657  1.1  christos 
   2658  1.1  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   2659  1.1  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   2660  1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   2661  1.1  christos 
   2662  1.1  christos   /* Allocate .plt and .got entries, and space for local symbols.  */
   2663  1.1  christos   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, allocate_local_dynrelocs, info);
   2664  1.1  christos 
   2665  1.1  christos   if (! ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
   2666  1.1  christos       && !htab->is_vxworks
   2667  1.1  christos       && elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2668  1.1  christos     {
   2669  1.1  christos       /* Make space for the trailing nop in .plt.  */
   2670  1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.splt->size > 0)
   2671  1.1  christos 	htab->elf.splt->size += 1 * SPARC_INSN_BYTES;
   2672  1.1  christos 
   2673  1.1  christos       /* If the .got section is more than 0x1000 bytes, we add
   2674  1.1  christos 	 0x1000 to the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, so that 13
   2675  1.1  christos 	 bit relocations have a greater chance of working.
   2676  1.1  christos 
   2677  1.1  christos 	 FIXME: Make this optimization work for 64-bit too.  */
   2678  1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.sgot->size >= 0x1000
   2679  1.1  christos 	  && elf_hash_table (info)->hgot->root.u.def.value == 0)
   2680  1.1  christos 	elf_hash_table (info)->hgot->root.u.def.value = 0x1000;
   2681  1.1  christos     }
   2682  1.1  christos 
   2683  1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   2684  1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   2685  1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   2686  1.1  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2687  1.1  christos     {
   2688  1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   2689  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2690  1.1  christos 
   2691  1.1  christos       if (s == htab->elf.splt
   2692  1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sgot
   2693  1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->sdynbss
   2694  1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.iplt
   2695  1.1  christos 	  || s == htab->elf.sgotplt)
   2696  1.1  christos 	{
   2697  1.1  christos 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   2698  1.1  christos 	     comment below.  */
   2699  1.1  christos 	}
   2700  1.1  christos       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".rela"))
   2701  1.1  christos 	{
   2702  1.1  christos 	  if (s->size != 0)
   2703  1.1  christos 	    {
   2704  1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   2705  1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   2706  1.1  christos 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   2707  1.1  christos 	    }
   2708  1.1  christos 	}
   2709  1.1  christos       else
   2710  1.1  christos 	{
   2711  1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections.  */
   2712  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2713  1.1  christos 	}
   2714  1.1  christos 
   2715  1.1  christos       if (s->size == 0)
   2716  1.1  christos 	{
   2717  1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   2718  1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   2719  1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   2720  1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   2721  1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   2722  1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   2723  1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   2724  1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   2725  1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   2726  1.1  christos 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2727  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2728  1.1  christos 	}
   2729  1.1  christos 
   2730  1.1  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   2731  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2732  1.1  christos 
   2733  1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  Zero the memory
   2734  1.1  christos 	 for the benefit of .rela.plt, which has 4 unused entries
   2735  1.1  christos 	 at the beginning, and we don't want garbage.  */
   2736  1.1  christos       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   2737  1.1  christos       if (s->contents == NULL)
   2738  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2739  1.1  christos     }
   2740  1.1  christos 
   2741  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2742  1.1  christos     {
   2743  1.1  christos       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   2744  1.1  christos 	 values later, in _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   2745  1.1  christos 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   2746  1.1  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   2747  1.1  christos 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   2748  1.1  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   2749  1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   2750  1.1  christos 
   2751  1.1  christos       if (info->executable)
   2752  1.1  christos 	{
   2753  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   2754  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2755  1.1  christos 	}
   2756  1.1  christos 
   2757  1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.srelplt->size != 0)
   2758  1.1  christos 	{
   2759  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   2760  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   2761  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   2762  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   2763  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2764  1.1  christos 	}
   2765  1.1  christos 
   2766  1.1  christos       if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   2767  1.1  christos 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   2768  1.1  christos 	  || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
   2769  1.1  christos 				 SPARC_ELF_RELA_BYTES (htab)))
   2770  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2771  1.1  christos 
   2772  1.1  christos       /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   2773  1.1  christos 	 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   2774  1.1  christos       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   2775  1.1  christos 	elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
   2776  1.1  christos 
   2777  1.1  christos       if (info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)
   2778  1.1  christos 	{
   2779  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   2780  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2781  1.1  christos 	}
   2782  1.1  christos 
   2783  1.1  christos       if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   2784  1.1  christos 	{
   2785  1.1  christos 	  int reg;
   2786  1.1  christos 	  struct _bfd_sparc_elf_app_reg * app_regs;
   2787  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstr;
   2788  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_table *eht = elf_hash_table (info);
   2789  1.1  christos 
   2790  1.1  christos 	  /* Add dynamic STT_REGISTER symbols and corresponding DT_SPARC_REGISTER
   2791  1.1  christos 	     entries if needed.  */
   2792  1.1  christos 	  app_regs = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info)->app_regs;
   2793  1.1  christos 	  dynstr = eht->dynstr;
   2794  1.1  christos 
   2795  1.1  christos 	  for (reg = 0; reg < 4; reg++)
   2796  1.1  christos 	    if (app_regs [reg].name != NULL)
   2797  1.1  christos 	      {
   2798  1.1  christos 		struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry *entry, *e;
   2799  1.1  christos 
   2800  1.1  christos 		if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_SPARC_REGISTER, 0))
   2801  1.1  christos 		  return FALSE;
   2802  1.1  christos 
   2803  1.1  christos 		entry = (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry *)
   2804  1.1  christos 		  bfd_hash_allocate (&info->hash->table, sizeof (*entry));
   2805  1.1  christos 		if (entry == NULL)
   2806  1.1  christos 		  return FALSE;
   2807  1.1  christos 
   2808  1.1  christos 		/* We cheat here a little bit: the symbol will not be local, so we
   2809  1.1  christos 		   put it at the end of the dynlocal linked list.  We will fix it
   2810  1.1  christos 		   later on, as we have to fix other fields anyway.  */
   2811  1.1  christos 		entry->isym.st_value = reg < 2 ? reg + 2 : reg + 4;
   2812  1.1  christos 		entry->isym.st_size = 0;
   2813  1.1  christos 		if (*app_regs [reg].name != '\0')
   2814  1.1  christos 		  entry->isym.st_name
   2815  1.1  christos 		    = _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr, app_regs[reg].name, FALSE);
   2816  1.1  christos 		else
   2817  1.1  christos 		  entry->isym.st_name = 0;
   2818  1.1  christos 		entry->isym.st_other = 0;
   2819  1.1  christos 		entry->isym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (app_regs [reg].bind,
   2820  1.1  christos 						   STT_REGISTER);
   2821  1.1  christos 		entry->isym.st_shndx = app_regs [reg].shndx;
   2822  1.1  christos 		entry->isym.st_target_internal = 0;
   2823  1.1  christos 		entry->next = NULL;
   2824  1.1  christos 		entry->input_bfd = output_bfd;
   2825  1.1  christos 		entry->input_indx = -1;
   2826  1.1  christos 
   2827  1.1  christos 		if (eht->dynlocal == NULL)
   2828  1.1  christos 		  eht->dynlocal = entry;
   2829  1.1  christos 		else
   2830  1.1  christos 		  {
   2831  1.1  christos 		    for (e = eht->dynlocal; e->next; e = e->next)
   2832  1.1  christos 		      ;
   2833  1.1  christos 		    e->next = entry;
   2834  1.1  christos 		  }
   2835  1.1  christos 		eht->dynsymcount++;
   2836  1.1  christos 	      }
   2837  1.1  christos 	}
   2838  1.1  christos       if (htab->is_vxworks
   2839  1.1  christos 	  && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
   2840  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2841  1.1  christos     }
   2842  1.1  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   2843  1.1  christos 
   2844  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2845  1.1  christos }
   2846  1.1  christos 
   2847  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2849  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
   2850  1.1  christos {
   2851  1.1  christos   if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
   2852  1.1  christos     {
   2853  1.1  christos       struct _bfd_sparc_elf_section_data *sdata;
   2854  1.1  christos       bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
   2855  1.1  christos 
   2856  1.1  christos       sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
   2857  1.1  christos       if (sdata == NULL)
   2858  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2859  1.1  christos       sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
   2860  1.1  christos     }
   2861  1.1  christos 
   2862  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
   2863  1.1  christos }
   2864  1.1  christos 
   2865  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2866  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2867  1.1  christos 			      struct bfd_section *section,
   2868  1.1  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2869  1.1  christos 			      bfd_boolean *again)
   2870  1.1  christos {
   2871  1.1  christos   if (link_info->relocatable)
   2872  1.1  christos     (*link_info->callbacks->einfo)
   2873  1.1  christos       (_("%P%F: --relax and -r may not be used together\n"));
   2874  1.1  christos 
   2875  1.1  christos   *again = FALSE;
   2876  1.1  christos   sec_do_relax (section) = 1;
   2877  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2878  1.1  christos }
   2879  1.1  christos 
   2880  1.1  christos /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   2882  1.1  christos    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   2883  1.1  christos    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   2884  1.1  christos 
   2885  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   2886  1.1  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2887  1.1  christos {
   2888  1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   2889  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   2890  1.1  christos     return 0;
   2891  1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   2892  1.1  christos }
   2893  1.1  christos 
   2894  1.1  christos /* Return the relocation value for @tpoff relocation
   2895  1.1  christos    if STT_TLS virtual address is ADDRESS.  */
   2896  1.1  christos 
   2897  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   2898  1.1  christos tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   2899  1.1  christos {
   2900  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   2901  1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (info->output_bfd);
   2902  1.1  christos   bfd_vma static_tls_size;
   2903  1.1  christos 
   2904  1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   2905  1.1  christos   if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
   2906  1.1  christos     return 0;
   2907  1.1  christos 
   2908  1.1  christos   /* Consider special static TLS alignment requirements.  */
   2909  1.1  christos   static_tls_size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->tls_size, bed->static_tls_alignment);
   2910  1.1  christos   return address - static_tls_size - htab->tls_sec->vma;
   2911  1.1  christos }
   2912  1.1  christos 
   2913  1.1  christos /* Return the relocation value for a %gdop relocation.  */
   2914  1.1  christos 
   2915  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   2916  1.1  christos gdopoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   2917  1.1  christos {
   2918  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   2919  1.1  christos   bfd_vma got_base;
   2920  1.1  christos 
   2921  1.1  christos   got_base = (htab->hgot->root.u.def.value
   2922  1.1  christos 	      + htab->hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   2923  1.1  christos 	      + htab->hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   2924  1.1  christos 
   2925  1.1  christos   return address - got_base;
   2926  1.1  christos }
   2927  1.1  christos 
   2928  1.1  christos /* Relocate a SPARC ELF section.  */
   2929  1.1  christos 
   2930  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2931  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   2932  1.1  christos 				 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2933  1.1  christos 				 bfd *input_bfd,
   2934  1.1  christos 				 asection *input_section,
   2935  1.1  christos 				 bfd_byte *contents,
   2936  1.1  christos 				 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   2937  1.1  christos 				 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   2938  1.1  christos 				 asection **local_sections)
   2939  1.1  christos {
   2940  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   2941  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2942  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2943  1.1  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   2944  1.1  christos   bfd_vma got_base;
   2945  1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   2946  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2947  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   2948  1.1  christos   int num_relocs;
   2949  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
   2950  1.1  christos 
   2951  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   2952  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   2953  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   2954  1.1  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   2955  1.1  christos   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   2956  1.1  christos 
   2957  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->hgot == NULL)
   2958  1.1  christos     got_base = 0;
   2959  1.1  christos   else
   2960  1.1  christos     got_base = elf_hash_table (info)->hgot->root.u.def.value;
   2961  1.1  christos 
   2962  1.1  christos   sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   2963  1.1  christos   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   2964  1.1  christos      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   2965  1.1  christos   is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
   2966  1.1  christos 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   2967  1.1  christos 				".tls_vars"));
   2968  1.1  christos 
   2969  1.1  christos   rel = relocs;
   2970  1.1  christos   if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   2971  1.1  christos     num_relocs = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (_bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section));
   2972  1.1  christos   else
   2973  1.1  christos     num_relocs = input_section->reloc_count;
   2974  1.1  christos   relend = relocs + num_relocs;
   2975  1.1  christos   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   2976  1.1  christos     {
   2977  1.1  christos       int r_type, tls_type;
   2978  1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   2979  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2980  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2981  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   2982  1.1  christos       asection *sec;
   2983  1.1  christos       bfd_vma relocation, off;
   2984  1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   2985  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean is_plt = FALSE;
   2986  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   2987  1.1  christos 
   2988  1.1  christos       r_type = SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2989  1.1  christos       if (r_type == R_SPARC_GNU_VTINHERIT
   2990  1.1  christos 	  || r_type == R_SPARC_GNU_VTENTRY)
   2991  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2992  1.1  christos 
   2993  1.1  christos       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_SPARC_max_std)
   2994  1.1  christos 	{
   2995  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2996  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2997  1.1  christos 	}
   2998  1.1  christos       howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   2999  1.1  christos 
   3000  1.1  christos       r_symndx = SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel->r_info);
   3001  1.1  christos       h = NULL;
   3002  1.1  christos       sym = NULL;
   3003  1.1  christos       sec = NULL;
   3004  1.1  christos       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3005  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3006  1.1  christos 	{
   3007  1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3008  1.1  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3009  1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3010  1.1  christos 
   3011  1.1  christos 	  if (!info->relocatable
   3012  1.1  christos 	      && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3013  1.1  christos 	    {
   3014  1.1  christos 	      /* Relocate against local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.  */
   3015  1.1  christos 	      h = elf_sparc_get_local_sym_hash (htab, input_bfd,
   3016  1.1  christos 						rel, FALSE);
   3017  1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   3018  1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3019  1.1  christos 
   3020  1.1  christos 	      /* Set STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol value.  */
   3021  1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = sym->st_value;
   3022  1.1  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = sec;
   3023  1.1  christos 	    }
   3024  1.1  christos 	}
   3025  1.1  christos       else
   3026  1.1  christos 	{
   3027  1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean warned;
   3028  1.1  christos 
   3029  1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3030  1.1  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3031  1.1  christos 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3032  1.1  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned);
   3033  1.1  christos 	  if (warned)
   3034  1.1  christos 	    {
   3035  1.1  christos 	      /* To avoid generating warning messages about truncated
   3036  1.1  christos 		 relocations, set the relocation's address to be the same as
   3037  1.1  christos 		 the start of this section.  */
   3038  1.1  christos 	      if (input_section->output_section != NULL)
   3039  1.1  christos 		relocation = input_section->output_section->vma;
   3040  1.1  christos 	      else
   3041  1.1  christos 		relocation = 0;
   3042  1.1  christos 	    }
   3043  1.1  christos 	}
   3044  1.1  christos 
   3045  1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3046  1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3047  1.1  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3048  1.1  christos 
   3049  1.1  christos       if (info->relocatable)
   3050  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3051  1.1  christos 
   3052  1.1  christos       if (h != NULL
   3053  1.1  christos 	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   3054  1.1  christos 	  && h->def_regular)
   3055  1.1  christos 	{
   3056  1.1  christos 	  asection *plt_sec;
   3057  1.1  christos 	  const char *name;
   3058  1.1  christos 
   3059  1.1  christos 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   3060  1.1  christos 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3061  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   3062  1.1  christos 
   3063  1.1  christos 	  plt_sec = htab->elf.splt;
   3064  1.1  christos 	  if (! plt_sec)
   3065  1.1  christos 	    plt_sec =htab->elf.iplt;
   3066  1.1  christos 
   3067  1.1  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   3068  1.1  christos 	    {
   3069  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
   3070  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3071  1.1  christos 
   3072  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   3073  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   3074  1.1  christos 	      r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22
   3075  1.1  christos 			? R_SPARC_GOT22
   3076  1.1  christos 			: R_SPARC_GOT10);
   3077  1.1  christos 	      howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3078  1.1  christos 	      /* Fall through.  */
   3079  1.1  christos 
   3080  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   3081  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   3082  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   3083  1.1  christos 	      if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   3084  1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3085  1.1  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   3086  1.1  christos 	      if (off == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3087  1.1  christos 		abort();
   3088  1.1  christos 	      relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - got_base;
   3089  1.1  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3090  1.1  christos 
   3091  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   3092  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   3093  1.1  christos 	      relocation = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
   3094  1.1  christos 			    + plt_sec->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
   3095  1.1  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3096  1.1  christos 
   3097  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_32:
   3098  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_64:
   3099  1.1  christos 	      if (info->shared && h->non_got_ref)
   3100  1.1  christos 		{
   3101  1.1  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3102  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma offset;
   3103  1.1  christos 
   3104  1.1  christos 		  offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3105  1.1  christos 						    input_section,
   3106  1.1  christos 						    rel->r_offset);
   3107  1.1  christos 		  if (offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3108  1.1  christos 		      || offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3109  1.1  christos 		    abort();
   3110  1.1  christos 
   3111  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
   3112  1.1  christos 				     + input_section->output_offset
   3113  1.1  christos 				     + offset);
   3114  1.1  christos 
   3115  1.1  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1
   3116  1.1  christos 		      || h->forced_local
   3117  1.1  christos 		      || info->executable)
   3118  1.1  christos 		    {
   3119  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL,
   3120  1.1  christos 							0, R_SPARC_IRELATIVE);
   3121  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3122  1.1  christos 		    }
   3123  1.1  christos 		  else
   3124  1.1  christos 		    {
   3125  1.1  christos 		      if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3126  1.1  christos 			abort();
   3127  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, rel, h->dynindx, r_type);
   3128  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3129  1.1  christos 		    }
   3130  1.1  christos 
   3131  1.1  christos 		  sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3132  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3133  1.1  christos 		}
   3134  1.1  christos 
   3135  1.1  christos 	      relocation = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
   3136  1.1  christos 			    + plt_sec->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
   3137  1.1  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3138  1.1  christos 
   3139  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_HI22:
   3140  1.1  christos 	    case R_SPARC_LO10:
   3141  1.1  christos 	      /* We should only see such relocs in static links.  */
   3142  1.1  christos 	      if (info->shared)
   3143  1.1  christos 		abort();
   3144  1.1  christos 	      relocation = (plt_sec->output_section->vma
   3145  1.1  christos 			    + plt_sec->output_offset + h->plt.offset);
   3146  1.1  christos 	      goto do_relocation;
   3147  1.1  christos 
   3148  1.1  christos 	    default:
   3149  1.1  christos 	      if (h->root.root.string)
   3150  1.1  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   3151  1.1  christos 	      else
   3152  1.1  christos 		name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym,
   3153  1.1  christos 					 NULL);
   3154  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3155  1.1  christos 		(_("%B: relocation %s against STT_GNU_IFUNC "
   3156  1.1  christos 		   "symbol `%s' isn't handled by %s"), input_bfd,
   3157  1.1  christos 		 _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   3158  1.1  christos 		 name, __FUNCTION__);
   3159  1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3160  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3161  1.1  christos 	    }
   3162  1.1  christos 	}
   3163  1.1  christos 
   3164  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3165  1.1  christos 	{
   3166  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22:
   3167  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_LOX10:
   3168  1.1  christos 	  if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3169  1.1  christos 	    r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22
   3170  1.1  christos 		      ? R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22
   3171  1.1  christos 		      : R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10);
   3172  1.1  christos 	  else
   3173  1.1  christos 	    r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP_HIX22
   3174  1.1  christos 		      ? R_SPARC_GOT22
   3175  1.1  christos 		      : R_SPARC_GOT10);
   3176  1.1  christos 	  howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3177  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3178  1.1  christos 
   3179  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_OP:
   3180  1.1  christos 	  if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3181  1.1  christos 	    {
   3182  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3183  1.1  christos 
   3184  1.1  christos 	      /* {ld,ldx} [%rs1 + %rs2], %rd --> add %rs1, %rs2, %rd */
   3185  1.1  christos 	      relocation = 0x80000000 | (insn & 0x3e07c01f);
   3186  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3187  1.1  christos 	    }
   3188  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3189  1.1  christos 	}
   3190  1.1  christos 
   3191  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3192  1.1  christos 	{
   3193  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22:
   3194  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10:
   3195  1.1  christos 	  relocation = gdopoff (info, relocation);
   3196  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3197  1.1  christos 
   3198  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT10:
   3199  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT13:
   3200  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_GOT22:
   3201  1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   3202  1.1  christos 	     offset table.  */
   3203  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   3204  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   3205  1.1  christos 
   3206  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3207  1.1  christos 	    {
   3208  1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean dyn;
   3209  1.1  christos 
   3210  1.1  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   3211  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3212  1.1  christos 	      dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3213  1.1  christos 
   3214  1.1  christos 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
   3215  1.1  christos 		  || (info->shared
   3216  1.1  christos 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3217  1.1  christos 		{
   3218  1.1  christos 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3219  1.1  christos 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3220  1.1  christos 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3221  1.1  christos 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3222  1.1  christos 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   3223  1.1  christos 		     offset must always be a multiple of 8 for 64-bit
   3224  1.1  christos 		     and 4 for 32-bit, we use the least significant bit
   3225  1.1  christos 		     to record whether we have initialized it already.
   3226  1.1  christos 
   3227  1.1  christos 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3228  1.1  christos 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3229  1.1  christos 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3230  1.1  christos 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3231  1.1  christos 		    off &= ~1;
   3232  1.1  christos 		  else
   3233  1.1  christos 		    {
   3234  1.1  christos 		      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, relocation,
   3235  1.1  christos 					  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
   3236  1.1  christos 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   3237  1.1  christos 		    }
   3238  1.1  christos 		}
   3239  1.1  christos 	      else
   3240  1.1  christos 		unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3241  1.1  christos 	    }
   3242  1.1  christos 	  else
   3243  1.1  christos 	    {
   3244  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   3245  1.1  christos 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3246  1.1  christos 
   3247  1.1  christos 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3248  1.1  christos 
   3249  1.1  christos 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8 on 64-bit and
   3250  1.1  christos 		 4 on 32-bit.  We use the least significant bit to record
   3251  1.1  christos 		 whether we have already processed this entry.  */
   3252  1.1  christos 	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3253  1.1  christos 		off &= ~1;
   3254  1.1  christos 	      else
   3255  1.1  christos 		{
   3256  1.1  christos 
   3257  1.1  christos 		  if (info->shared)
   3258  1.1  christos 		    {
   3259  1.1  christos 		      asection *s;
   3260  1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3261  1.1  christos 
   3262  1.1  christos 		      /* We need to generate a R_SPARC_RELATIVE reloc
   3263  1.1  christos 			 for the dynamic linker.  */
   3264  1.1  christos 		      s = htab->elf.srelgot;
   3265  1.1  christos 		      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3266  1.1  christos 
   3267  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
   3268  1.1  christos 					 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
   3269  1.1  christos 					 + off);
   3270  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL,
   3271  1.1  christos 							0, R_SPARC_RELATIVE);
   3272  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3273  1.1  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   3274  1.1  christos 		      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &outrel);
   3275  1.1  christos 		    }
   3276  1.1  christos 
   3277  1.1  christos 		  SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, relocation,
   3278  1.1  christos 				      htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
   3279  1.1  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3280  1.1  christos 		}
   3281  1.1  christos 	    }
   3282  1.1  christos 	  relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - got_base;
   3283  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3284  1.1  christos 
   3285  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PLT32:
   3286  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PLT64:
   3287  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3288  1.1  christos 	    {
   3289  1.1  christos 	      r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32) ? R_SPARC_32 : R_SPARC_64;
   3290  1.1  christos 	      goto r_sparc_plt32;
   3291  1.1  christos 	    }
   3292  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3293  1.1  christos 
   3294  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WPLT30:
   3295  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HIPLT22:
   3296  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LOPLT10:
   3297  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT32:
   3298  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT22:
   3299  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PCPLT10:
   3300  1.1  christos 	r_sparc_wplt30:
   3301  1.1  christos 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3302  1.1  christos 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3303  1.1  christos 
   3304  1.1  christos 	  if (! ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   3305  1.1  christos 	    {
   3306  1.1  christos 	      /* The Solaris native assembler will generate a WPLT30 reloc
   3307  1.1  christos 		 for a local symbol if you assemble a call from one
   3308  1.1  christos 		 section to another when using -K pic.  We treat it as
   3309  1.1  christos 		 WDISP30.  */
   3310  1.1  christos 	      if (h == NULL)
   3311  1.1  christos 		break;
   3312  1.1  christos 	    }
   3313  1.1  christos 	  /* PR 7027: We need similar behaviour for 64-bit binaries.  */
   3314  1.1  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WPLT30 && h == NULL)
   3315  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3316  1.1  christos 	  else
   3317  1.1  christos 	    {
   3318  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   3319  1.1  christos 	    }
   3320  1.1  christos 
   3321  1.1  christos 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
   3322  1.1  christos 	    {
   3323  1.1  christos 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3324  1.1  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3325  1.1  christos 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3326  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3327  1.1  christos 	    }
   3328  1.1  christos 
   3329  1.1  christos 	  relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   3330  1.1  christos 			+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
   3331  1.1  christos 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3332  1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3333  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32 || r_type == R_SPARC_PLT64)
   3334  1.1  christos 	    {
   3335  1.1  christos 	      r_type = r_type == R_SPARC_PLT32 ? R_SPARC_32 : R_SPARC_64;
   3336  1.1  christos 	      is_plt = TRUE;
   3337  1.1  christos 	      goto r_sparc_plt32;
   3338  1.1  christos 	    }
   3339  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3340  1.1  christos 
   3341  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC10:
   3342  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC22:
   3343  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_HH22:
   3344  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_HM10:
   3345  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_PC_LM22:
   3346  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   3347  1.1  christos 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3348  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3349  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3350  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   3351  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   3352  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   3353  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   3354  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP30:
   3355  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP22:
   3356  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP19:
   3357  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP16:
   3358  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_WDISP10:
   3359  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_8:
   3360  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_16:
   3361  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_32:
   3362  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HI22:
   3363  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_22:
   3364  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_13:
   3365  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LO10:
   3366  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA16:
   3367  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA32:
   3368  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_10:
   3369  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_11:
   3370  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_64:
   3371  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_OLO10:
   3372  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HH22:
   3373  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HM10:
   3374  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LM22:
   3375  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_7:
   3376  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_5:
   3377  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_6:
   3378  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_HIX22:
   3379  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_LOX10:
   3380  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_H44:
   3381  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_M44:
   3382  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_L44:
   3383  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_H34:
   3384  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_UA64:
   3385  1.1  christos 	r_sparc_plt32:
   3386  1.1  christos 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   3387  1.1  christos 	      || is_vxworks_tls)
   3388  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3389  1.1  christos 
   3390  1.1  christos 	  if ((info->shared
   3391  1.1  christos 	       && (h == NULL
   3392  1.1  christos 		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3393  1.1  christos 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3394  1.1  christos 	       && (! howto->pc_relative
   3395  1.1  christos 		   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3396  1.1  christos 	      || (!info->shared
   3397  1.1  christos 		  && h != NULL
   3398  1.1  christos 		  && h->dynindx != -1
   3399  1.1  christos 		  && !h->non_got_ref
   3400  1.1  christos 		  && ((h->def_dynamic
   3401  1.1  christos 		       && !h->def_regular)
   3402  1.1  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3403  1.1  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
   3404  1.1  christos 	    {
   3405  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3406  1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate = FALSE;
   3407  1.1  christos 
   3408  1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3409  1.1  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3410  1.1  christos 		 time.  */
   3411  1.1  christos 
   3412  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
   3413  1.1  christos 
   3414  1.1  christos 	      skip = FALSE;
   3415  1.1  christos 
   3416  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3417  1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3418  1.1  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   3419  1.1  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3420  1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   3421  1.1  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3422  1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   3423  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3424  1.1  christos 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3425  1.1  christos 
   3426  1.1  christos 	      /* Optimize unaligned reloc usage now that we know where
   3427  1.1  christos 		 it finally resides.  */
   3428  1.1  christos 	      switch (r_type)
   3429  1.1  christos 		{
   3430  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_16:
   3431  1.1  christos 		  if (outrel.r_offset & 1)
   3432  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_UA16;
   3433  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3434  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_UA16:
   3435  1.1  christos 		  if (!(outrel.r_offset & 1))
   3436  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_16;
   3437  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3438  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_32:
   3439  1.1  christos 		  if (outrel.r_offset & 3)
   3440  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_UA32;
   3441  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3442  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_UA32:
   3443  1.1  christos 		  if (!(outrel.r_offset & 3))
   3444  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_32;
   3445  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3446  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_64:
   3447  1.1  christos 		  if (outrel.r_offset & 7)
   3448  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_UA64;
   3449  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3450  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_UA64:
   3451  1.1  christos 		  if (!(outrel.r_offset & 7))
   3452  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_64;
   3453  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3454  1.1  christos 	  	case R_SPARC_DISP8:
   3455  1.1  christos 		case R_SPARC_DISP16:
   3456  1.1  christos 	  	case R_SPARC_DISP32:
   3457  1.1  christos 	  	case R_SPARC_DISP64:
   3458  1.1  christos 		  /* If the symbol is not dynamic, we should not keep
   3459  1.1  christos 		     a dynamic relocation.  But an .rela.* slot has been
   3460  1.1  christos 		     allocated for it, output R_SPARC_NONE.
   3461  1.1  christos 		     FIXME: Add code tracking needed dynamic relocs as
   3462  1.1  christos 		     e.g. i386 has.  */
   3463  1.1  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3464  1.1  christos 		    skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   3465  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3466  1.1  christos 		}
   3467  1.1  christos 
   3468  1.1  christos 	      if (skip)
   3469  1.1  christos 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3470  1.1  christos 	      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if the symbol was marked to
   3471  1.1  christos 		 become local.  */
   3472  1.1  christos 	      else if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1 && ! is_plt
   3473  1.1  christos 		       && (!info->shared
   3474  1.1  christos 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   3475  1.1  christos 			   || !h->def_regular))
   3476  1.1  christos 		{
   3477  1.1  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3478  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, rel, h->dynindx, r_type);
   3479  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   3480  1.1  christos 		}
   3481  1.1  christos 	      else
   3482  1.1  christos 		{
   3483  1.1  christos 		  if (r_type == R_SPARC_32 || r_type == R_SPARC_64)
   3484  1.1  christos 		    {
   3485  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL,
   3486  1.1  christos 							0, R_SPARC_RELATIVE);
   3487  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3488  1.1  christos 		    }
   3489  1.1  christos 		  else
   3490  1.1  christos 		    {
   3491  1.1  christos 		      long indx;
   3492  1.1  christos 
   3493  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3494  1.1  christos 
   3495  1.1  christos 		      if (is_plt)
   3496  1.1  christos 			sec = htab->elf.splt;
   3497  1.1  christos 
   3498  1.1  christos 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   3499  1.1  christos 			indx = 0;
   3500  1.1  christos 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   3501  1.1  christos 			{
   3502  1.1  christos 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3503  1.1  christos 			  return FALSE;
   3504  1.1  christos 			}
   3505  1.1  christos 		      else
   3506  1.1  christos 			{
   3507  1.1  christos 			  asection *osec;
   3508  1.1  christos 
   3509  1.1  christos 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   3510  1.1  christos 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   3511  1.1  christos 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   3512  1.1  christos 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   3513  1.1  christos 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   3514  1.1  christos 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   3515  1.1  christos 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3516  1.1  christos 
   3517  1.1  christos 			  if (indx == 0)
   3518  1.1  christos 			    {
   3519  1.1  christos 			      osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
   3520  1.1  christos 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3521  1.1  christos 			    }
   3522  1.1  christos 
   3523  1.1  christos 			  /* FIXME: we really should be able to link non-pic
   3524  1.1  christos 			     shared libraries.  */
   3525  1.1  christos 			  if (indx == 0)
   3526  1.1  christos 			    {
   3527  1.1  christos 			      BFD_FAIL ();
   3528  1.1  christos 			      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3529  1.1  christos 				(_("%B: probably compiled without -fPIC?"),
   3530  1.1  christos 				 input_bfd);
   3531  1.1  christos 			      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3532  1.1  christos 			      return FALSE;
   3533  1.1  christos 			    }
   3534  1.1  christos 			}
   3535  1.1  christos 
   3536  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, rel, indx,
   3537  1.1  christos 							r_type);
   3538  1.1  christos 		    }
   3539  1.1  christos 		}
   3540  1.1  christos 
   3541  1.1  christos 	      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3542  1.1  christos 
   3543  1.1  christos 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   3544  1.1  christos 		 need to do anything now.  */
   3545  1.1  christos 	      if (! relocate)
   3546  1.1  christos 		continue;
   3547  1.1  christos 	    }
   3548  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3549  1.1  christos 
   3550  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3551  1.1  christos 	  if (! ABI_64_P (input_bfd)
   3552  1.1  christos 	      && ! _bfd_sparc_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->has_tlsgd)
   3553  1.1  christos 	    {
   3554  1.1  christos 	      /* R_SPARC_REV32 used the same reloc number as
   3555  1.1  christos 		 R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22.  */
   3556  1.1  christos 	      r_type = R_SPARC_REV32;
   3557  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3558  1.1  christos 	    }
   3559  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through */
   3560  1.1  christos 
   3561  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   3562  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   3563  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10:
   3564  1.1  christos 	  r_type = sparc_elf_tls_transition (info, input_bfd, r_type, h == NULL);
   3565  1.1  christos 	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   3566  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   3567  1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   3568  1.1  christos 	  else if (h != NULL)
   3569  1.1  christos 	    {
   3570  1.1  christos 	      tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   3571  1.1  christos 	      if (!info->shared && h->dynindx == -1 && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3572  1.1  christos 		switch (SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   3573  1.1  christos 		  {
   3574  1.1  christos 		  case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3575  1.1  christos 		  case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22:
   3576  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22;
   3577  1.1  christos 		    break;
   3578  1.1  christos 		  default:
   3579  1.1  christos 		    r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10;
   3580  1.1  christos 		    break;
   3581  1.1  christos 		  }
   3582  1.1  christos 	    }
   3583  1.1  christos 	  if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3584  1.1  christos 	    switch (r_type)
   3585  1.1  christos 	      {
   3586  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22:
   3587  1.1  christos 		r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22;
   3588  1.1  christos 		break;
   3589  1.1  christos 	      case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10:
   3590  1.1  christos 		r_type = R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10;
   3591  1.1  christos 		break;
   3592  1.1  christos 	      }
   3593  1.1  christos 
   3594  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22)
   3595  1.1  christos 	    {
   3596  1.1  christos 	      relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   3597  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3598  1.1  christos 	    }
   3599  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10)
   3600  1.1  christos 	    {
   3601  1.1  christos 	      /* Change add into xor.  */
   3602  1.1  christos 	      relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   3603  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
   3604  1.1  christos 						   contents + rel->r_offset)
   3605  1.1  christos 				       | 0x80182000), contents + rel->r_offset);
   3606  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3607  1.1  christos 	    }
   3608  1.1  christos 
   3609  1.1  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3610  1.1  christos 	    {
   3611  1.1  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   3612  1.1  christos 	      h->got.offset |= 1;
   3613  1.1  christos 	    }
   3614  1.1  christos 	  else
   3615  1.1  christos 	    {
   3616  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
   3617  1.1  christos 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3618  1.1  christos 	      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3619  1.1  christos 	    }
   3620  1.1  christos 
   3621  1.1  christos 	r_sparc_tlsldm:
   3622  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
   3623  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   3624  1.1  christos 
   3625  1.1  christos 	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3626  1.1  christos 	    off &= ~1;
   3627  1.1  christos 	  else
   3628  1.1  christos 	    {
   3629  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3630  1.1  christos 	      int dr_type, indx;
   3631  1.1  christos 
   3632  1.1  christos 	      if (htab->elf.srelgot == NULL)
   3633  1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3634  1.1  christos 
   3635  1.1  christos 	      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   3636  1.1  christos 				  htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
   3637  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
   3638  1.1  christos 				 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off);
   3639  1.1  christos 	      indx = h && h->dynindx != -1 ? h->dynindx : 0;
   3640  1.1  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_IE_HI22
   3641  1.1  christos 		  || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LO10)
   3642  1.1  christos 		dr_type = SPARC_ELF_TPOFF_RELOC (htab);
   3643  1.1  christos 	      else
   3644  1.1  christos 		dr_type = SPARC_ELF_DTPMOD_RELOC (htab);
   3645  1.1  christos 	      if (dr_type == SPARC_ELF_TPOFF_RELOC (htab) && indx == 0)
   3646  1.1  christos 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   3647  1.1  christos 	      else
   3648  1.1  christos 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3649  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, indx, dr_type);
   3650  1.1  christos 	      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot, &outrel);
   3651  1.1  christos 
   3652  1.1  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_HI22
   3653  1.1  christos 		  || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_LO10)
   3654  1.1  christos 		{
   3655  1.1  christos 		  if (indx == 0)
   3656  1.1  christos 		    {
   3657  1.1  christos 	    	      BFD_ASSERT (! unresolved_reloc);
   3658  1.1  christos 		      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd,
   3659  1.1  christos 					  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3660  1.1  christos 					  (htab->elf.sgot->contents + off
   3661  1.1  christos 					   + SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab)));
   3662  1.1  christos 		    }
   3663  1.1  christos 		  else
   3664  1.1  christos 		    {
   3665  1.1  christos 		      SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   3666  1.1  christos 					  (htab->elf.sgot->contents + off
   3667  1.1  christos 					   + SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab)));
   3668  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, indx,
   3669  1.1  christos 							SPARC_ELF_DTPOFF_RELOC (htab));
   3670  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset += SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   3671  1.1  christos 		      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, htab->elf.srelgot,
   3672  1.1  christos 					     &outrel);
   3673  1.1  christos 		    }
   3674  1.1  christos 		}
   3675  1.1  christos 	      else if (dr_type == SPARC_ELF_DTPMOD_RELOC (htab))
   3676  1.1  christos 		{
   3677  1.1  christos 		  SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   3678  1.1  christos 				      (htab->elf.sgot->contents + off
   3679  1.1  christos 				       + SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab)));
   3680  1.1  christos 		}
   3681  1.1  christos 	    }
   3682  1.1  christos 
   3683  1.1  christos 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   3684  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   3685  1.1  christos 
   3686  1.1  christos 	  relocation = htab->elf.sgot->output_offset + off - got_base;
   3687  1.1  christos 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3688  1.1  christos 	  howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3689  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3690  1.1  christos 
   3691  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_HI22:
   3692  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_LO10:
   3693  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared)
   3694  1.1  christos 	    {
   3695  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SPARC_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3696  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3697  1.1  christos 	    }
   3698  1.1  christos 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   3699  1.1  christos 	  htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   3700  1.1  christos 	  goto r_sparc_tlsldm;
   3701  1.1  christos 
   3702  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22:
   3703  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10:
   3704  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   3705  1.1  christos 	    {
   3706  1.1  christos 	      relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3707  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3708  1.1  christos 	    }
   3709  1.1  christos 
   3710  1.1  christos 	  r_type = (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22
   3711  1.1  christos 		    ? R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22 : R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10);
   3712  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3713  1.1  christos 
   3714  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22:
   3715  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10:
   3716  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   3717  1.1  christos 	    {
   3718  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3719  1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean skip;
   3720  1.1  christos 
   3721  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
   3722  1.1  christos 	      skip = FALSE;
   3723  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3724  1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3725  1.1  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   3726  1.1  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3727  1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   3728  1.1  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3729  1.1  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   3730  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3731  1.1  christos 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3732  1.1  christos 	      if (skip)
   3733  1.1  christos 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3734  1.1  christos 	      else
   3735  1.1  christos 		{
   3736  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0, r_type);
   3737  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info)
   3738  1.1  christos 				    + rel->r_addend;
   3739  1.1  christos 		}
   3740  1.1  christos 
   3741  1.1  christos 	      sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, sreloc, &outrel);
   3742  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3743  1.1  christos 	    }
   3744  1.1  christos 	  relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   3745  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3746  1.1  christos 
   3747  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_CALL:
   3748  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared)
   3749  1.1  christos 	    {
   3750  1.1  christos 	      /* mov %g0, %o0 */
   3751  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x90100000, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3752  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3753  1.1  christos 	    }
   3754  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through */
   3755  1.1  christos 
   3756  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   3757  1.1  christos 	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   3758  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   3759  1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   3760  1.1  christos 	  else if (h != NULL)
   3761  1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   3762  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared
   3763  1.1  christos 	      || (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_CALL && tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE))
   3764  1.1  christos 	    {
   3765  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela *rel2;
   3766  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma insn;
   3767  1.1  christos 
   3768  1.1  christos 	      if (!info->shared && (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1))
   3769  1.1  christos 		{
   3770  1.1  christos 		  /* GD -> LE */
   3771  1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SPARC_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3772  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3773  1.1  christos 		}
   3774  1.1  christos 
   3775  1.1  christos 	      /* GD -> IE */
   3776  1.1  christos 	      if (rel + 1 < relend
   3777  1.1  christos 		  && SPARC_ELF_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD
   3778  1.1  christos 		  && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 4
   3779  1.1  christos 		  && SPARC_ELF_R_SYMNDX (htab, rel[1].r_info) == r_symndx
   3780  1.1  christos 		  && (((insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
   3781  1.1  christos 					   contents + rel[1].r_offset))
   3782  1.1  christos 		       >> 25) & 0x1f) == 8)
   3783  1.1  christos 		{
   3784  1.1  christos 		  /* We have
   3785  1.1  christos 		     call __tls_get_addr, %tgd_call(foo)
   3786  1.1  christos 		      add %reg1, %reg2, %o0, %tgd_add(foo)
   3787  1.1  christos 		     and change it into IE:
   3788  1.1  christos 		     {ld,ldx} [%reg1 + %reg2], %o0, %tie_ldx(foo)
   3789  1.1  christos 		     add %g7, %o0, %o0, %tie_add(foo).
   3790  1.1  christos 		     add is 0x80000000 | (rd << 25) | (rs1 << 14) | rs2,
   3791  1.1  christos 		     ld is 0xc0000000 | (rd << 25) | (rs1 << 14) | rs2,
   3792  1.1  christos 		     ldx is 0xc0580000 | (rd << 25) | (rs1 << 14) | rs2.  */
   3793  1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn | (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) ? 0xc0580000 : 0xc0000000),
   3794  1.1  christos 			      contents + rel->r_offset);
   3795  1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x9001c008,
   3796  1.1  christos 			      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   3797  1.1  christos 		  rel++;
   3798  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3799  1.1  christos 		}
   3800  1.1  christos 
   3801  1.1  christos 	      /* We cannot just overwrite the delay slot instruction,
   3802  1.1  christos 		 as it might be what puts the %o0 argument to
   3803  1.1  christos 		 __tls_get_addr into place.  So we have to transpose
   3804  1.1  christos 		 the delay slot with the add we patch in.  */
   3805  1.1  christos 	      insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   3806  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn,
   3807  1.1  christos 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   3808  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x9001c008,
   3809  1.1  christos 			  contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   3810  1.1  christos 
   3811  1.1  christos 	      rel2 = rel;
   3812  1.1  christos 	      while ((rel2 = sparc_elf_find_reloc_at_ofs (rel2 + 1, relend,
   3813  1.1  christos 							  rel->r_offset + 4))
   3814  1.1  christos 		     != NULL)
   3815  1.1  christos 		{
   3816  1.1  christos 		  /* If the instruction we moved has a relocation attached to
   3817  1.1  christos 		     it, adjust the offset so that it will apply to the correct
   3818  1.1  christos 		     instruction.  */
   3819  1.1  christos 		  rel2->r_offset -= 4;
   3820  1.1  christos 		}
   3821  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3822  1.1  christos 	    }
   3823  1.1  christos 
   3824  1.1  christos 	  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
   3825  1.1  christos 	      bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "__tls_get_addr", FALSE,
   3826  1.1  christos 				    FALSE, TRUE);
   3827  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   3828  1.1  christos 	  r_type = R_SPARC_WPLT30;
   3829  1.1  christos 	  howto = _bfd_sparc_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   3830  1.1  christos 	  goto r_sparc_wplt30;
   3831  1.1  christos 
   3832  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_GD_ADD:
   3833  1.1  christos 	  tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   3834  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   3835  1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   3836  1.1  christos 	  else if (h != NULL)
   3837  1.1  christos 	    tls_type = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type;
   3838  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared || tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   3839  1.1  christos 	    {
   3840  1.1  christos 	      /* add %reg1, %reg2, %reg3, %tgd_add(foo)
   3841  1.1  christos 		 changed into IE:
   3842  1.1  christos 		 {ld,ldx} [%reg1 + %reg2], %reg3, %tie_ldx(foo)
   3843  1.1  christos 		 or LE:
   3844  1.1  christos 		 add %g7, %reg2, %reg3.  */
   3845  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3846  1.1  christos 	      if ((h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1) || info->shared)
   3847  1.1  christos 		relocation = insn | (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) ? 0xc0580000 : 0xc0000000);
   3848  1.1  christos 	      else
   3849  1.1  christos 		relocation = (insn & ~0x7c000) | 0x1c000;
   3850  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3851  1.1  christos 	    }
   3852  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3853  1.1  christos 
   3854  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDM_ADD:
   3855  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared)
   3856  1.1  christos 	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SPARC_NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3857  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3858  1.1  christos 
   3859  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_ADD:
   3860  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared)
   3861  1.1  christos 	    {
   3862  1.1  christos 	      /* Change rs1 into %g7.  */
   3863  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3864  1.1  christos 	      insn = (insn & ~0x7c000) | 0x1c000;
   3865  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3866  1.1  christos 	    }
   3867  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3868  1.1  christos 
   3869  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LD:
   3870  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_LDX:
   3871  1.1  christos 	  if (! info->shared && (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1))
   3872  1.1  christos 	    {
   3873  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3874  1.1  christos 	      int rs2 = insn & 0x1f;
   3875  1.1  christos 	      int rd = (insn >> 25) & 0x1f;
   3876  1.1  christos 
   3877  1.1  christos 	      if (rs2 == rd)
   3878  1.1  christos 		relocation = SPARC_NOP;
   3879  1.1  christos 	      else
   3880  1.1  christos 		relocation = 0x80100000 | (insn & 0x3e00001f);
   3881  1.1  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3882  1.1  christos 	    }
   3883  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3884  1.1  christos 
   3885  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_IE_ADD:
   3886  1.1  christos 	  /* Totally useless relocation.  */
   3887  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   3888  1.1  christos 
   3889  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   3890  1.1  christos 	case R_SPARC_TLS_DTPOFF64:
   3891  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3892  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3893  1.1  christos 
   3894  1.1  christos 	default:
   3895  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3896  1.1  christos 	}
   3897  1.1  christos 
   3898  1.1  christos       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   3899  1.1  christos 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   3900  1.1  christos 	 not process them.  */
   3901  1.1  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   3902  1.1  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3903  1.1  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   3904  1.1  christos 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3905  1.1  christos 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3906  1.1  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler)
   3907  1.1  christos 	  (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3908  1.1  christos 	   input_bfd,
   3909  1.1  christos 	   input_section,
   3910  1.1  christos 	   (long) rel->r_offset,
   3911  1.1  christos 	   howto->name,
   3912  1.1  christos 	   h->root.root.string);
   3913  1.1  christos 
   3914  1.1  christos       r = bfd_reloc_continue;
   3915  1.1  christos       if (r_type == R_SPARC_OLO10)
   3916  1.1  christos 	{
   3917  1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma x;
   3918  1.1  christos 
   3919  1.1  christos 	    if (! ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   3920  1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   3921  1.1  christos 
   3922  1.1  christos 	    relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3923  1.1  christos 	    relocation = (relocation & 0x3ff) + ELF64_R_TYPE_DATA (rel->r_info);
   3924  1.1  christos 
   3925  1.1  christos 	    x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3926  1.1  christos 	    x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | (relocation & 0x1fff);
   3927  1.1  christos 	    bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3928  1.1  christos 
   3929  1.1  christos 	    r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   3930  1.1  christos 				    howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   3931  1.1  christos 				    bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   3932  1.1  christos 				    relocation);
   3933  1.1  christos 	}
   3934  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WDISP16)
   3935  1.1  christos 	{
   3936  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   3937  1.1  christos 
   3938  1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3939  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   3940  1.1  christos 			 + input_section->output_offset);
   3941  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= rel->r_offset;
   3942  1.1  christos 
   3943  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3944  1.1  christos 	  x |= ((((relocation >> 2) & 0xc000) << 6)
   3945  1.1  christos 		| ((relocation >> 2) & 0x3fff));
   3946  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3947  1.1  christos 
   3948  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   3949  1.1  christos 				  howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   3950  1.1  christos 				  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   3951  1.1  christos 				  relocation);
   3952  1.1  christos 	}
   3953  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_WDISP10)
   3954  1.1  christos 	{
   3955  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   3956  1.1  christos 
   3957  1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3958  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   3959  1.1  christos 			 + input_section->output_offset);
   3960  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= rel->r_offset;
   3961  1.1  christos 
   3962  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3963  1.1  christos 	  x |= ((((relocation >> 2) & 0x300) << 11)
   3964  1.1  christos 		| (((relocation >> 2) & 0xff) << 5));
   3965  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3966  1.1  christos 
   3967  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   3968  1.1  christos 				  howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   3969  1.1  christos 				  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   3970  1.1  christos 				  relocation);
   3971  1.1  christos 	}
   3972  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_REV32)
   3973  1.1  christos 	{
   3974  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   3975  1.1  christos 
   3976  1.1  christos 	  relocation = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   3977  1.1  christos 
   3978  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3979  1.1  christos 	  x = x + relocation;
   3980  1.1  christos 	  bfd_putl32 (/*input_bfd,*/ x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3981  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3982  1.1  christos 	}
   3983  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_HIX22
   3984  1.1  christos 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22)
   3985  1.1  christos 	{
   3986  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   3987  1.1  christos 
   3988  1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   3989  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_HIX22)
   3990  1.1  christos 	    relocation ^= MINUS_ONE;
   3991  1.1  christos 
   3992  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3993  1.1  christos 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3fffff) | ((relocation >> 10) & 0x3fffff);
   3994  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3995  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3996  1.1  christos 	}
   3997  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LDO_LOX10
   3998  1.1  christos 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10)
   3999  1.1  christos 	{
   4000  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   4001  1.1  christos 
   4002  1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4003  1.1  christos 	  relocation &= 0x3ff;
   4004  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_TLS_LE_LOX10)
   4005  1.1  christos 	    relocation |= 0x1c00;
   4006  1.1  christos 
   4007  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4008  1.1  christos 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | relocation;
   4009  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4010  1.1  christos 
   4011  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4012  1.1  christos 	}
   4013  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_HIX22
   4014  1.1  christos 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_HIX22)
   4015  1.1  christos 	{
   4016  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   4017  1.1  christos 
   4018  1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4019  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_HIX22
   4020  1.1  christos 	      || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
   4021  1.1  christos 	    relocation = relocation ^ MINUS_ONE;
   4022  1.1  christos 
   4023  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4024  1.1  christos 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3fffff) | ((relocation >> 10) & 0x3fffff);
   4025  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4026  1.1  christos 
   4027  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_check_overflow (howto->complain_on_overflow,
   4028  1.1  christos 				  howto->bitsize, howto->rightshift,
   4029  1.1  christos 				  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd),
   4030  1.1  christos 				  relocation);
   4031  1.1  christos 	}
   4032  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == R_SPARC_LOX10
   4033  1.1  christos 	       || r_type == R_SPARC_GOTDATA_LOX10)
   4034  1.1  christos 	{
   4035  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x;
   4036  1.1  christos 
   4037  1.1  christos 	  relocation += rel->r_addend;
   4038  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SPARC_LOX10
   4039  1.1  christos 	      || (bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
   4040  1.1  christos 	    relocation = (relocation & 0x3ff) | 0x1c00;
   4041  1.1  christos 	  else
   4042  1.1  christos 	    relocation = (relocation & 0x3ff);
   4043  1.1  christos 
   4044  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4045  1.1  christos 	  x = (x & ~(bfd_vma) 0x1fff) | relocation;
   4046  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4047  1.1  christos 
   4048  1.1  christos 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4049  1.1  christos 	}
   4050  1.1  christos       else if ((r_type == R_SPARC_WDISP30 || r_type == R_SPARC_WPLT30)
   4051  1.1  christos 	       && sec_do_relax (input_section)
   4052  1.1  christos 	       && rel->r_offset + 4 < input_section->size)
   4053  1.1  christos 	{
   4054  1.1  christos #define G0		0
   4055  1.1  christos #define O7		15
   4056  1.1  christos #define XCC		(2 << 20)
   4057  1.1  christos #define COND(x)		(((x)&0xf)<<25)
   4058  1.1  christos #define CONDA		COND(0x8)
   4059  1.1  christos #define INSN_BPA	(F2(0,1) | CONDA | BPRED | XCC)
   4060  1.1  christos #define INSN_BA		(F2(0,2) | CONDA)
   4061  1.1  christos #define INSN_OR		F3(2, 0x2, 0)
   4062  1.1  christos #define INSN_NOP	F2(0,4)
   4063  1.1  christos 
   4064  1.1  christos 	  bfd_vma x, y;
   4065  1.1  christos 
   4066  1.1  christos 	  /* If the instruction is a call with either:
   4067  1.1  christos 	     restore
   4068  1.1  christos 	     arithmetic instruction with rd == %o7
   4069  1.1  christos 	     where rs1 != %o7 and rs2 if it is register != %o7
   4070  1.1  christos 	     then we can optimize if the call destination is near
   4071  1.1  christos 	     by changing the call into a branch always.  */
   4072  1.1  christos 	  x = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4073  1.1  christos 	  y = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4074  1.1  christos 	  if ((x & OP(~0)) == OP(1) && (y & OP(~0)) == OP(2))
   4075  1.1  christos 	    {
   4076  1.1  christos 	      if (((y & OP3(~0)) == OP3(0x3d) /* restore */
   4077  1.1  christos 		   || ((y & OP3(0x28)) == 0 /* arithmetic */
   4078  1.1  christos 		       && (y & RD(~0)) == RD(O7)))
   4079  1.1  christos 		  && (y & RS1(~0)) != RS1(O7)
   4080  1.1  christos 		  && ((y & F3I(~0))
   4081  1.1  christos 		      || (y & RS2(~0)) != RS2(O7)))
   4082  1.1  christos 		{
   4083  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma reloc;
   4084  1.1  christos 
   4085  1.1  christos 		  reloc = relocation + rel->r_addend - rel->r_offset;
   4086  1.1  christos 		  reloc -= (input_section->output_section->vma
   4087  1.1  christos 			    + input_section->output_offset);
   4088  1.1  christos 
   4089  1.1  christos 		  /* Ensure the branch fits into simm22.  */
   4090  1.1  christos 		  if ((reloc & 3) == 0
   4091  1.1  christos 		      && ((reloc & ~(bfd_vma)0x7fffff) == 0
   4092  1.1  christos 			  || ((reloc | 0x7fffff) == ~(bfd_vma)0)))
   4093  1.1  christos 		    {
   4094  1.1  christos 		      reloc >>= 2;
   4095  1.1  christos 
   4096  1.1  christos 		      /* Check whether it fits into simm19.  */
   4097  1.1  christos 		      if (((reloc & 0x3c0000) == 0
   4098  1.1  christos 			   || (reloc & 0x3c0000) == 0x3c0000)
   4099  1.1  christos 			  && (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
   4100  1.1  christos 			      || elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_32PLUS))
   4101  1.1  christos 			x = INSN_BPA | (reloc & 0x7ffff); /* ba,pt %xcc */
   4102  1.1  christos 		      else
   4103  1.1  christos 			x = INSN_BA | (reloc & 0x3fffff); /* ba */
   4104  1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, x, contents + rel->r_offset);
   4105  1.1  christos 		      r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4106  1.1  christos 		      if (rel->r_offset >= 4
   4107  1.1  christos 			  && (y & (0xffffffff ^ RS1(~0)))
   4108  1.1  christos 			     == (INSN_OR | RD(O7) | RS2(G0)))
   4109  1.1  christos 			{
   4110  1.1  christos 			  bfd_vma z;
   4111  1.1  christos 			  unsigned int reg;
   4112  1.1  christos 
   4113  1.1  christos 			  z = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
   4114  1.1  christos 					  contents + rel->r_offset - 4);
   4115  1.1  christos 			  if ((z & (0xffffffff ^ RD(~0)))
   4116  1.1  christos 			      != (INSN_OR | RS1(O7) | RS2(G0)))
   4117  1.1  christos 			    break;
   4118  1.1  christos 
   4119  1.1  christos 			  /* The sequence was
   4120  1.1  christos 			     or %o7, %g0, %rN
   4121  1.1  christos 			     call foo
   4122  1.1  christos 			     or %rN, %g0, %o7
   4123  1.1  christos 
   4124  1.1  christos 			     If call foo was replaced with ba, replace
   4125  1.1  christos 			     or %rN, %g0, %o7 with nop.  */
   4126  1.1  christos 
   4127  1.1  christos 			  reg = (y & RS1(~0)) >> 14;
   4128  1.1  christos 			  if (reg != ((z & RD(~0)) >> 25)
   4129  1.1  christos 			      || reg == G0 || reg == O7)
   4130  1.1  christos 			    break;
   4131  1.1  christos 
   4132  1.1  christos 			  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) INSN_NOP,
   4133  1.1  christos 				      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
   4134  1.1  christos 			}
   4135  1.1  christos 
   4136  1.1  christos 		    }
   4137  1.1  christos 		}
   4138  1.1  christos 	    }
   4139  1.1  christos 	}
   4140  1.1  christos 
   4141  1.1  christos       if (r == bfd_reloc_continue)
   4142  1.1  christos 	{
   4143  1.1  christos do_relocation:
   4144  1.1  christos 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4145  1.1  christos 					contents, rel->r_offset,
   4146  1.1  christos 					relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4147  1.1  christos 	}
   4148  1.1  christos       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4149  1.1  christos 	{
   4150  1.1  christos 	  switch (r)
   4151  1.1  christos 	    {
   4152  1.1  christos 	    default:
   4153  1.1  christos 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   4154  1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   4155  1.1  christos 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   4156  1.1  christos 	      {
   4157  1.1  christos 		const char *name;
   4158  1.1  christos 
   4159  1.1  christos 		/* The Solaris native linker silently disregards overflows.
   4160  1.1  christos 		   We don't, but this breaks stabs debugging info, whose
   4161  1.1  christos 		   relocations are only 32-bits wide.  Ignore overflows in
   4162  1.1  christos 		   this case and also for discarded entries.  */
   4163  1.1  christos 		if ((r_type == R_SPARC_32
   4164  1.1  christos 		     || r_type == R_SPARC_UA32
   4165  1.1  christos 		     || r_type == R_SPARC_DISP32)
   4166  1.1  christos 		    && (((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4167  1.1  christos 			 && strcmp (bfd_section_name (input_bfd,
   4168  1.1  christos 						      input_section),
   4169  1.1  christos 				    ".stab") == 0)
   4170  1.1  christos 			|| _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4171  1.1  christos 						    input_section,
   4172  1.1  christos 						    rel->r_offset)
   4173  1.1  christos 			     == (bfd_vma)-1))
   4174  1.1  christos 		  break;
   4175  1.1  christos 
   4176  1.1  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4177  1.1  christos 		  {
   4178  1.1  christos 		    /* Assume this is a call protected by other code that
   4179  1.1  christos 		       detect the symbol is undefined.  If this is the case,
   4180  1.1  christos 		       we can safely ignore the overflow.  If not, the
   4181  1.1  christos 		       program is hosed anyway, and a little warning isn't
   4182  1.1  christos 		       going to help.  */
   4183  1.1  christos 		    if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4184  1.1  christos 			&& howto->pc_relative)
   4185  1.1  christos 		      break;
   4186  1.1  christos 
   4187  1.1  christos 	            name = NULL;
   4188  1.1  christos 		  }
   4189  1.1  christos 		else
   4190  1.1  christos 		  {
   4191  1.1  christos 		    name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4192  1.1  christos 							    symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4193  1.1  christos 							    sym->st_name);
   4194  1.1  christos 		    if (name == NULL)
   4195  1.1  christos 		      return FALSE;
   4196  1.1  christos 		    if (*name == '\0')
   4197  1.1  christos 		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4198  1.1  christos 		  }
   4199  1.1  christos 		if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   4200  1.1  christos 		       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4201  1.1  christos 			(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
   4202  1.1  christos 			rel->r_offset)))
   4203  1.1  christos 		  return FALSE;
   4204  1.1  christos 	      }
   4205  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4206  1.1  christos 	    }
   4207  1.1  christos 	}
   4208  1.1  christos     }
   4209  1.1  christos 
   4210  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4211  1.1  christos }
   4212  1.1  christos 
   4213  1.1  christos /* Build a VxWorks PLT entry.  PLT_INDEX is the index of the PLT entry
   4214  1.1  christos    and PLT_OFFSET is the byte offset from the start of .plt.  GOT_OFFSET
   4215  1.1  christos    is the offset of the associated .got.plt entry from
   4216  1.1  christos    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   4217  1.1  christos 
   4218  1.1  christos static void
   4219  1.1  christos sparc_vxworks_build_plt_entry (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4220  1.1  christos 			       bfd_vma plt_offset, bfd_vma plt_index,
   4221  1.1  christos 			       bfd_vma got_offset)
   4222  1.1  christos {
   4223  1.1  christos   bfd_vma got_base;
   4224  1.1  christos   const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
   4225  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4226  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   4227  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4228  1.1  christos 
   4229  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4230  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4231  1.1  christos 
   4232  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   4233  1.1  christos     {
   4234  1.1  christos       plt_entry = sparc_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
   4235  1.1  christos       got_base = 0;
   4236  1.1  christos     }
   4237  1.1  christos   else
   4238  1.1  christos     {
   4239  1.1  christos       plt_entry = sparc_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
   4240  1.1  christos       got_base = (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
   4241  1.1  christos 		  + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4242  1.1  christos 		  + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4243  1.1  christos     }
   4244  1.1  christos 
   4245  1.1  christos   /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4246  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] + ((got_base + got_offset) >> 10),
   4247  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset);
   4248  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] + ((got_base + got_offset) & 0x3ff),
   4249  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 4);
   4250  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
   4251  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 8);
   4252  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
   4253  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 12);
   4254  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4],
   4255  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 16);
   4256  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5] + (plt_index >> 10),
   4257  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 20);
   4258  1.1  christos   /* PC-relative displacement for a branch to the start of
   4259  1.1  christos      the PLT section.  */
   4260  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6] + (((-plt_offset - 24) >> 2)
   4261  1.1  christos 					  & 0x003fffff),
   4262  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 24);
   4263  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7] + (plt_index & 0x3ff),
   4264  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + plt_offset + 28);
   4265  1.1  christos 
   4266  1.1  christos   /* Fill in the .got.plt entry, pointing initially at the
   4267  1.1  christos      second half of the PLT entry.  */
   4268  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL);
   4269  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4270  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   4271  1.1  christos 	      + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
   4272  1.1  christos 	      + plt_offset + 20,
   4273  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   4274  1.1  christos 
   4275  1.1  christos   /* Add relocations to .rela.plt.unloaded.  */
   4276  1.1  christos   if (!info->shared)
   4277  1.1  christos     {
   4278  1.1  christos       loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
   4279  1.1  christos 	     + (2 + 3 * plt_index) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   4280  1.1  christos 
   4281  1.1  christos       /* Relocate the initial sethi.  */
   4282  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   4283  1.1  christos 		       + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
   4284  1.1  christos 		       + plt_offset);
   4285  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_HI22);
   4286  1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = got_offset;
   4287  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4288  1.1  christos       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4289  1.1  christos 
   4290  1.1  christos       /* Likewise the following or.  */
   4291  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset += 4;
   4292  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_LO10);
   4293  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4294  1.1  christos       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4295  1.1  christos 
   4296  1.1  christos       /* Relocate the .got.plt entry.  */
   4297  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
   4298  1.1  christos 		       + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
   4299  1.1  christos 		       + got_offset);
   4300  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_SPARC_32);
   4301  1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = plt_offset + 20;
   4302  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4303  1.1  christos     }
   4304  1.1  christos }
   4305  1.1  christos 
   4306  1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4307  1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   4308  1.1  christos 
   4309  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   4310  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4311  1.1  christos 				      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4312  1.1  christos 				      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4313  1.1  christos 				      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4314  1.1  christos {
   4315  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4316  1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   4317  1.1  christos 
   4318  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4319  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4320  1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   4321  1.1  christos 
   4322  1.1  christos   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4323  1.1  christos     {
   4324  1.1  christos       asection *splt;
   4325  1.1  christos       asection *srela;
   4326  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4327  1.1  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   4328  1.1  christos       bfd_vma r_offset, got_offset;
   4329  1.1  christos       int rela_index;
   4330  1.1  christos 
   4331  1.1  christos       /* When building a static executable, use .iplt and
   4332  1.1  christos 	 .rela.iplt sections for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   4333  1.1  christos       if (htab->elf.splt != NULL)
   4334  1.1  christos 	{
   4335  1.1  christos 	  splt = htab->elf.splt;
   4336  1.1  christos 	  srela = htab->elf.srelplt;
   4337  1.1  christos 	}
   4338  1.1  christos       else
   4339  1.1  christos 	{
   4340  1.1  christos 	  splt = htab->elf.iplt;
   4341  1.1  christos 	  srela = htab->elf.irelplt;
   4342  1.1  christos 	}
   4343  1.1  christos 
   4344  1.1  christos       if (splt == NULL || srela == NULL)
   4345  1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4346  1.1  christos 
   4347  1.1  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4348  1.1  christos       if (htab->is_vxworks)
   4349  1.1  christos 	{
   4350  1.1  christos 	  /* Work out the index of this PLT entry.  */
   4351  1.1  christos 	  rela_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
   4352  1.1  christos 			/ htab->plt_entry_size);
   4353  1.1  christos 
   4354  1.1  christos 	  /* Calculate the offset of the associated .got.plt entry.
   4355  1.1  christos 	     The first three entries are reserved.  */
   4356  1.1  christos 	  got_offset = (rela_index + 3) * 4;
   4357  1.1  christos 
   4358  1.1  christos 	  sparc_vxworks_build_plt_entry (output_bfd, info, h->plt.offset,
   4359  1.1  christos 					 rela_index, got_offset);
   4360  1.1  christos 
   4361  1.1  christos 
   4362  1.1  christos 	  /* On VxWorks, the relocation points to the .got.plt entry,
   4363  1.1  christos 	     not the .plt entry.  */
   4364  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
   4365  1.1  christos 			   + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
   4366  1.1  christos 			   + got_offset);
   4367  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4368  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx,
   4369  1.1  christos 					  R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT);
   4370  1.1  christos 	}
   4371  1.1  christos       else
   4372  1.1  christos 	{
   4373  1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean ifunc = FALSE;
   4374  1.1  christos 
   4375  1.1  christos 	  /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4376  1.1  christos 	  rela_index = SPARC_ELF_BUILD_PLT_ENTRY (htab, output_bfd, splt,
   4377  1.1  christos 						  h->plt.offset, splt->size,
   4378  1.1  christos 						  &r_offset);
   4379  1.1  christos 
   4380  1.1  christos 	  if (h == NULL
   4381  1.1  christos 	      || h->dynindx == -1
   4382  1.1  christos 	      || ((info->executable
   4383  1.1  christos 		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   4384  1.1  christos 		  && h->def_regular
   4385  1.1  christos 		  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
   4386  1.1  christos 	    {
   4387  1.1  christos 	      ifunc = TRUE;
   4388  1.1  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL
   4389  1.1  christos 			  || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4390  1.1  christos 			      && h->def_regular
   4391  1.1  christos 			      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4392  1.1  christos 				  || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)));
   4393  1.1  christos 	    }
   4394  1.1  christos 
   4395  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_offset = r_offset
   4396  1.1  christos 	    + (splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset);
   4397  1.1  christos 	  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
   4398  1.1  christos 	      && h->plt.offset >= (PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE))
   4399  1.1  christos 	    {
   4400  1.1  christos 	      if (ifunc)
   4401  1.1  christos 		{
   4402  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4403  1.1  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4404  1.1  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.value);
   4405  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0,
   4406  1.1  christos 						  R_SPARC_IRELATIVE);
   4407  1.1  christos 		}
   4408  1.1  christos 	      else
   4409  1.1  christos 		{
   4410  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = (-(h->plt.offset + 4)
   4411  1.1  christos 				   - splt->output_section->vma
   4412  1.1  christos 				   - splt->output_offset);
   4413  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx,
   4414  1.1  christos 						  R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT);
   4415  1.1  christos 		}
   4416  1.1  christos 	    }
   4417  1.1  christos 	  else
   4418  1.1  christos 	    {
   4419  1.1  christos 	      if (ifunc)
   4420  1.1  christos 		{
   4421  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4422  1.1  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4423  1.1  christos 				   + h->root.u.def.value);
   4424  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0,
   4425  1.1  christos 						  R_SPARC_JMP_IREL);
   4426  1.1  christos 		}
   4427  1.1  christos 	      else
   4428  1.1  christos 		{
   4429  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4430  1.1  christos 		  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx,
   4431  1.1  christos 						  R_SPARC_JMP_SLOT);
   4432  1.1  christos 		}
   4433  1.1  christos 	    }
   4434  1.1  christos 	}
   4435  1.1  christos 
   4436  1.1  christos       /* Adjust for the first 4 reserved elements in the .plt section
   4437  1.1  christos 	 when setting the offset in the .rela.plt section.
   4438  1.1  christos 	 Sun forgot to read their own ABI and copied elf32-sparc behaviour,
   4439  1.1  christos 	 thus .plt[4] has corresponding .rela.plt[0] and so on.  */
   4440  1.1  christos 
   4441  1.1  christos       loc = srela->contents;
   4442  1.1  christos       loc += rela_index * bed->s->sizeof_rela;
   4443  1.1  christos       bed->s->swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4444  1.1  christos 
   4445  1.1  christos       if (!h->def_regular)
   4446  1.1  christos 	{
   4447  1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4448  1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4449  1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4450  1.1  christos 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   4451  1.1  christos 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   4452  1.1  christos 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   4453  1.1  christos 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   4454  1.1  christos 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   4455  1.1  christos 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   4456  1.1  christos 	}
   4457  1.1  christos     }
   4458  1.1  christos 
   4459  1.1  christos   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   4460  1.1  christos       && _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   4461  1.1  christos       && _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_entry(h)->tls_type != GOT_TLS_IE)
   4462  1.1  christos     {
   4463  1.1  christos       asection *sgot;
   4464  1.1  christos       asection *srela;
   4465  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4466  1.1  christos 
   4467  1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the GOT.  Set it up.  */
   4468  1.1  christos 
   4469  1.1  christos       sgot = htab->elf.sgot;
   4470  1.1  christos       srela = htab->elf.srelgot;
   4471  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4472  1.1  christos 
   4473  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4474  1.1  christos 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4475  1.1  christos 		       + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   4476  1.1  christos 
   4477  1.1  christos       /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4478  1.1  christos 	 locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4479  1.1  christos 	 the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4480  1.1  christos 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   4481  1.1  christos 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4482  1.1  christos       if (! info->shared
   4483  1.1  christos 	  && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4484  1.1  christos 	  && h->def_regular)
   4485  1.1  christos 	{
   4486  1.1  christos 	  asection *plt;
   4487  1.1  christos 
   4488  1.1  christos 	  /* We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry.  */
   4489  1.1  christos 	  plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
   4490  1.1  christos 	  SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd,
   4491  1.1  christos 			      (plt->output_section->vma
   4492  1.1  christos 			       + plt->output_offset + h->plt.offset),
   4493  1.1  christos 			      htab->elf.sgot->contents
   4494  1.1  christos 			      + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
   4495  1.1  christos 	  return TRUE;
   4496  1.1  christos 	}
   4497  1.1  christos       else if (info->shared
   4498  1.1  christos 	       && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4499  1.1  christos 	{
   4500  1.1  christos 	  asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4501  1.1  christos 	  if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   4502  1.1  christos 	    rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0, R_SPARC_IRELATIVE);
   4503  1.1  christos 	  else
   4504  1.1  christos 	    rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, 0, R_SPARC_RELATIVE);
   4505  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   4506  1.1  christos 			   + sec->output_section->vma
   4507  1.1  christos 			   + sec->output_offset);
   4508  1.1  christos 	}
   4509  1.1  christos       else
   4510  1.1  christos 	{
   4511  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx, R_SPARC_GLOB_DAT);
   4512  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4513  1.1  christos 	}
   4514  1.1  christos 
   4515  1.1  christos       SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, 0,
   4516  1.1  christos 			  sgot->contents + (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1));
   4517  1.1  christos       sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4518  1.1  christos     }
   4519  1.1  christos 
   4520  1.1  christos   if (h->needs_copy)
   4521  1.1  christos     {
   4522  1.1  christos       asection *s;
   4523  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4524  1.1  christos 
   4525  1.1  christos       /* This symbols needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4526  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4527  1.1  christos 
   4528  1.1  christos       s = bfd_get_linker_section (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
   4529  1.1  christos 				  ".rela.bss");
   4530  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4531  1.1  christos 
   4532  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4533  1.1  christos 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4534  1.1  christos 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4535  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = SPARC_ELF_R_INFO (htab, NULL, h->dynindx, R_SPARC_COPY);
   4536  1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4537  1.1  christos       sparc_elf_append_rela (output_bfd, s, &rela);
   4538  1.1  christos     }
   4539  1.1  christos 
   4540  1.1  christos   /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  On VxWorks,
   4541  1.1  christos      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
   4542  1.1  christos      ".got" section.  Likewise _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ and ".plt".  */
   4543  1.1  christos   if (sym != NULL
   4544  1.1  christos       && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
   4545  1.1  christos 	  || (!htab->is_vxworks
   4546  1.1  christos 	      && (h == htab->elf.hgot || h == htab->elf.hplt))))
   4547  1.1  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   4548  1.1  christos 
   4549  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4550  1.1  christos }
   4551  1.1  christos 
   4552  1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4553  1.1  christos 
   4554  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4555  1.1  christos sparc_finish_dyn (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4556  1.1  christos 		  bfd *dynobj, asection *sdyn,
   4557  1.1  christos 		  asection *splt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4558  1.1  christos {
   4559  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4560  1.1  christos   const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
   4561  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4562  1.1  christos   size_t dynsize;
   4563  1.1  christos   int stt_regidx = -1;
   4564  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean abi_64_p;
   4565  1.1  christos 
   4566  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4567  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4568  1.1  christos   bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
   4569  1.1  christos   dynsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
   4570  1.1  christos   dynconend = sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
   4571  1.1  christos   abi_64_p = ABI_64_P (output_bfd);
   4572  1.1  christos   for (dyncon = sdyn->contents; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon += dynsize)
   4573  1.1  christos     {
   4574  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4575  1.1  christos       const char *name;
   4576  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean size;
   4577  1.1  christos 
   4578  1.1  christos       bed->s->swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4579  1.1  christos 
   4580  1.1  christos       if (htab->is_vxworks && dyn.d_tag == DT_RELASZ)
   4581  1.1  christos 	{
   4582  1.1  christos 	  /* On VxWorks, DT_RELASZ should not include the relocations
   4583  1.1  christos 	     in .rela.plt.  */
   4584  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.srelplt)
   4585  1.1  christos 	    {
   4586  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->elf.srelplt->size;
   4587  1.1  christos 	      bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4588  1.1  christos 	    }
   4589  1.1  christos 	}
   4590  1.1  christos       else if (htab->is_vxworks && dyn.d_tag == DT_PLTGOT)
   4591  1.1  christos 	{
   4592  1.1  christos 	  /* On VxWorks, DT_PLTGOT should point to the start of the GOT,
   4593  1.1  christos 	     not to the start of the PLT.  */
   4594  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->elf.sgotplt)
   4595  1.1  christos 	    {
   4596  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
   4597  1.1  christos 				+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset);
   4598  1.1  christos 	      bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4599  1.1  christos 	    }
   4600  1.1  christos 	}
   4601  1.1  christos       else if (htab->is_vxworks
   4602  1.1  christos 	       && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   4603  1.1  christos 	bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4604  1.1  christos       else if (abi_64_p && dyn.d_tag == DT_SPARC_REGISTER)
   4605  1.1  christos 	{
   4606  1.1  christos 	  if (stt_regidx == -1)
   4607  1.1  christos 	    {
   4608  1.1  christos 	      stt_regidx =
   4609  1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (info, output_bfd, -1);
   4610  1.1  christos 	      if (stt_regidx == -1)
   4611  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   4612  1.1  christos 	    }
   4613  1.1  christos 	  dyn.d_un.d_val = stt_regidx++;
   4614  1.1  christos 	  bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4615  1.1  christos 	}
   4616  1.1  christos       else
   4617  1.1  christos 	{
   4618  1.1  christos 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4619  1.1  christos 	    {
   4620  1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:   name = ".plt"; size = FALSE; break;
   4621  1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = ".rela.plt"; size = TRUE; break;
   4622  1.1  christos 	    case DT_JMPREL:   name = ".rela.plt"; size = FALSE; break;
   4623  1.1  christos 	    default:	      name = NULL; size = FALSE; break;
   4624  1.1  christos 	    }
   4625  1.1  christos 
   4626  1.1  christos 	  if (name != NULL)
   4627  1.1  christos 	    {
   4628  1.1  christos 	      asection *s;
   4629  1.1  christos 
   4630  1.1  christos 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
   4631  1.1  christos 	      if (s == NULL)
   4632  1.1  christos 		dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
   4633  1.1  christos 	      else
   4634  1.1  christos 		{
   4635  1.1  christos 		  if (! size)
   4636  1.1  christos 		    dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   4637  1.1  christos 		  else
   4638  1.1  christos 		    dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4639  1.1  christos 		}
   4640  1.1  christos 	      bed->s->swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4641  1.1  christos 	    }
   4642  1.1  christos 	}
   4643  1.1  christos     }
   4644  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4645  1.1  christos }
   4646  1.1  christos 
   4647  1.1  christos /* Install the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable and make sure that
   4648  1.1  christos    .rela.plt.unloaded relocations have the correct symbol indexes.  */
   4649  1.1  christos 
   4650  1.1  christos static void
   4651  1.1  christos sparc_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4652  1.1  christos {
   4653  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4654  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4655  1.1  christos   bfd_vma got_base;
   4656  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   4657  1.1  christos 
   4658  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4659  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4660  1.1  christos 
   4661  1.1  christos   /* Calculate the absolute value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   4662  1.1  christos   got_base = (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4663  1.1  christos 	      + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4664  1.1  christos 	      + htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value);
   4665  1.1  christos 
   4666  1.1  christos   /* Install the initial PLT entry.  */
   4667  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4668  1.1  christos 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[0] + ((got_base + 8) >> 10),
   4669  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents);
   4670  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4671  1.1  christos 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[1] + ((got_base + 8) & 0x3ff),
   4672  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 4);
   4673  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4674  1.1  christos 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[2],
   4675  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 8);
   4676  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4677  1.1  christos 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[3],
   4678  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 12);
   4679  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4680  1.1  christos 	      sparc_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[4],
   4681  1.1  christos 	      htab->elf.splt->contents + 16);
   4682  1.1  christos 
   4683  1.1  christos   loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   4684  1.1  christos 
   4685  1.1  christos   /* Add an unloaded relocation for the initial entry's "sethi".  */
   4686  1.1  christos   rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
   4687  1.1  christos 		   + htab->elf.splt->output_offset);
   4688  1.1  christos   rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_HI22);
   4689  1.1  christos   rela.r_addend = 8;
   4690  1.1  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4691  1.1  christos   loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4692  1.1  christos 
   4693  1.1  christos   /* Likewise the following "or".  */
   4694  1.1  christos   rela.r_offset += 4;
   4695  1.1  christos   rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_LO10);
   4696  1.1  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4697  1.1  christos   loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4698  1.1  christos 
   4699  1.1  christos   /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.  They may have
   4700  1.1  christos      the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
   4701  1.1  christos      in which symbols were output.  */
   4702  1.1  christos   while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   4703  1.1  christos     {
   4704  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   4705  1.1  christos 
   4706  1.1  christos       /* The entry's initial "sethi" (against _G_O_T_).  */
   4707  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   4708  1.1  christos       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_HI22);
   4709  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   4710  1.1  christos       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4711  1.1  christos 
   4712  1.1  christos       /* The following "or" (also against _G_O_T_).  */
   4713  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   4714  1.1  christos       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_SPARC_LO10);
   4715  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   4716  1.1  christos       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4717  1.1  christos 
   4718  1.1  christos       /* The .got.plt entry (against _P_L_T_).  */
   4719  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   4720  1.1  christos       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_SPARC_32);
   4721  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   4722  1.1  christos       loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4723  1.1  christos     }
   4724  1.1  christos }
   4725  1.1  christos 
   4726  1.1  christos /* Install the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object.  */
   4727  1.1  christos 
   4728  1.1  christos static void
   4729  1.1  christos sparc_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4730  1.1  christos {
   4731  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4732  1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
   4733  1.1  christos 
   4734  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4735  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4736  1.1  christos 
   4737  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
   4738  1.1  christos     bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sparc_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
   4739  1.1  christos 		htab->elf.splt->contents + i * 4);
   4740  1.1  christos }
   4741  1.1  christos 
   4742  1.1  christos /* Finish up local dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of
   4743  1.1  christos    various dynamic sections here.  */
   4744  1.1  christos 
   4745  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4746  1.1  christos finish_local_dynamic_symbol (void **slot, void *inf)
   4747  1.1  christos {
   4748  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h
   4749  1.1  christos     = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) *slot;
   4750  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info
   4751  1.1  christos     = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   4752  1.1  christos 
   4753  1.1  christos   return _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (info->output_bfd, info,
   4754  1.1  christos 					       h, NULL);
   4755  1.1  christos }
   4756  1.1  christos 
   4757  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   4758  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4759  1.1  christos {
   4760  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4761  1.1  christos   asection *sdyn;
   4762  1.1  christos   struct _bfd_sparc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4763  1.1  christos 
   4764  1.1  christos   htab = _bfd_sparc_elf_hash_table (info);
   4765  1.1  christos   BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
   4766  1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
   4767  1.1  christos 
   4768  1.1  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4769  1.1  christos 
   4770  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4771  1.1  christos     {
   4772  1.1  christos       asection *splt;
   4773  1.1  christos 
   4774  1.1  christos       splt = htab->elf.splt;
   4775  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4776  1.1  christos 
   4777  1.1  christos       if (!sparc_finish_dyn (output_bfd, info, dynobj, sdyn, splt))
   4778  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   4779  1.1  christos 
   4780  1.1  christos       /* Initialize the contents of the .plt section.  */
   4781  1.1  christos       if (splt->size > 0)
   4782  1.1  christos 	{
   4783  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->is_vxworks)
   4784  1.1  christos 	    {
   4785  1.1  christos 	      if (info->shared)
   4786  1.1  christos 		sparc_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
   4787  1.1  christos 	      else
   4788  1.1  christos 		sparc_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
   4789  1.1  christos 	    }
   4790  1.1  christos 	  else
   4791  1.1  christos 	    {
   4792  1.1  christos 	      memset (splt->contents, 0, htab->plt_header_size);
   4793  1.1  christos 	      if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   4794  1.1  christos 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) SPARC_NOP,
   4795  1.1  christos 			    splt->contents + splt->size - 4);
   4796  1.1  christos 	    }
   4797  1.1  christos 	}
   4798  1.1  christos 
   4799  1.1  christos       elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4800  1.1  christos 	= (htab->is_vxworks || !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
   4801  1.1  christos 	  ? 0 : htab->plt_entry_size;
   4802  1.1  christos     }
   4803  1.1  christos 
   4804  1.1  christos   /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
   4805  1.1  christos      the dynamic section.  */
   4806  1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgot && htab->elf.sgot->size > 0)
   4807  1.1  christos     {
   4808  1.1  christos       bfd_vma val = (sdyn ?
   4809  1.1  christos 		     sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset :
   4810  1.1  christos 		     0);
   4811  1.1  christos 
   4812  1.1  christos       SPARC_ELF_PUT_WORD (htab, output_bfd, val, htab->elf.sgot->contents);
   4813  1.1  christos     }
   4814  1.1  christos 
   4815  1.1  christos   if (htab->elf.sgot)
   4816  1.1  christos     elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize =
   4817  1.1  christos       SPARC_ELF_WORD_BYTES (htab);
   4818  1.1  christos 
   4819  1.1  christos   /* Fill PLT and GOT entries for local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols.  */
   4820  1.1  christos   htab_traverse (htab->loc_hash_table, finish_local_dynamic_symbol, info);
   4821  1.1  christos 
   4822  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4823  1.1  christos }
   4824  1.1  christos 
   4825  1.1  christos 
   4826  1.1  christos /* Set the right machine number for a SPARC ELF file.  */
   4828  1.1  christos 
   4829  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   4830  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   4831  1.1  christos {
   4832  1.1  christos   if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
   4833  1.1  christos     {
   4834  1.1  christos       unsigned long mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9;
   4835  1.1  christos 
   4836  1.1  christos       if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US3)
   4837  1.1  christos 	mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9b;
   4838  1.1  christos       else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US1)
   4839  1.1  christos 	mach = bfd_mach_sparc_v9a;
   4840  1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc, mach);
   4841  1.1  christos     }
   4842  1.1  christos   else
   4843  1.1  christos     {
   4844  1.1  christos       if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_machine == EM_SPARC32PLUS)
   4845  1.1  christos 	{
   4846  1.1  christos 	  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US3)
   4847  1.1  christos 	    return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4848  1.1  christos 					      bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusb);
   4849  1.1  christos 	  else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_SUN_US1)
   4850  1.1  christos 	    return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4851  1.1  christos 					      bfd_mach_sparc_v8plusa);
   4852  1.1  christos 	  else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_32PLUS)
   4853  1.1  christos 	    return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4854  1.1  christos 					      bfd_mach_sparc_v8plus);
   4855  1.1  christos 	  else
   4856  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   4857  1.1  christos 	}
   4858  1.1  christos       else if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SPARC_LEDATA)
   4859  1.1  christos 	return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc,
   4860  1.1  christos 					  bfd_mach_sparc_sparclite_le);
   4861  1.1  christos       else
   4862  1.1  christos 	return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sparc, bfd_mach_sparc);
   4863  1.1  christos     }
   4864  1.1  christos }
   4865  1.1  christos 
   4866  1.1  christos /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4867  1.1  christos    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4868  1.1  christos 
   4869  1.1  christos bfd_vma
   4870  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, const arelent *rel)
   4871  1.1  christos {
   4872  1.1  christos   if (ABI_64_P (plt->owner))
   4873  1.1  christos     {
   4874  1.1  christos       bfd_vma j;
   4875  1.1  christos 
   4876  1.1  christos       i += PLT64_HEADER_SIZE / PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4877  1.1  christos       if (i < PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD)
   4878  1.1  christos 	return plt->vma + i * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4879  1.1  christos 
   4880  1.1  christos       j = (i - PLT64_LARGE_THRESHOLD) % 160;
   4881  1.1  christos       i -= j;
   4882  1.1  christos       return plt->vma + i * PLT64_ENTRY_SIZE + j * 4 * 6;
   4883  1.1  christos     }
   4884  1.1  christos   else
   4885  1.1  christos     return rel->address;
   4886  1.1  christos }
   4887  1.1  christos 
   4888  1.1  christos /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   4889  1.1  christos    object file when linking.  */
   4890  1.1  christos 
   4891  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   4892  1.1  christos _bfd_sparc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4893  1.1  christos {
   4894  1.1  christos   obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
   4895  1.1  christos   obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
   4896  1.1  christos 
   4897  1.1  christos   if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
   4898  1.1  christos     {
   4899  1.1  christos       /* This is the first object.  Copy the attributes.  */
   4900  1.1  christos       _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
   4901  1.1  christos 
   4902  1.1  christos       /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
   4903  1.1  christos 	 initialized.  */
   4904  1.1  christos       elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
   4905  1.1  christos 
   4906  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   4907  1.1  christos     }
   4908  1.1  christos 
   4909  1.1  christos   in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
   4910  1.1  christos   out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
   4911  1.1  christos 
   4912  1.1  christos   in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS];
   4913  1.1  christos   out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Sparc_HWCAPS];
   4914  1.1  christos 
   4915  1.1  christos   out_attr->i |= in_attr->i;
   4916                
   4917                  /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.  */
   4918                  _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
   4919                
   4920                  return TRUE;
   4921                }
   4922